The Activities
of the
Delegated Envoys


Introduction:

Reading the history of the course Yeshua’s first followers took immediately after He left should help us recover His agenda as they saw it. (Here Yeshua is spelled according to the Aramaic vowel pointing.) Both Greek and Aramaic texts, as well as a back-translation from Aramaic into Hebrew, were considered in the process of this translation, with the latter two usually being given the heavier weight where they differed.


Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
Chapter 9
Chapter 10
Chapter 11
Chapter 12
Chapter 13
Chapter 14
Chapter 15
Chapter 16
Chapter 17
Chapter 18
Chapter 19
Chapter 20
Chapter 21
Chapter 22
Chapter 23
Chapter 24
Chapter 25
Chapter 26
Chapter 27
Chapter 28



CHAPTER 1

1. Indeed, O lover of YHWH, I authored the first account of all that Yeshua began not only to do but to explain
Lover of YHWH: possibly a proper name, Theophilus. James Trimm writes, “Theophilus… served as High Priest from 37 to 42 C.E. Theophilus was both a priest and a Sadducee. It would appear that the Gospel was intended to be used by others as well and was likely targeted at Sadducee [Tzaduqim] readers. Theophilus was the son of Annas and the brother-in-law of Caiaphas; as a result he grew up in the Temple.” Apparently he was very interested in knowing the history of Yeshua and His disciples. I: Luqa, or Luke. Authored the first: or, began by writing. Account: the Gospel of Luqa. Began: He said He finished the work the Father had given Him (Yoch. 17:4), so the continuation is up to us (see v. 8), just as the first Y’hoshua, his namesake, finished Moshe’s work. There are thus many parallels between this book and Y’hoshua. Both speak of the next step in the preparation of the people of Israel to function as a people.
2. until the day He was taken up, having given orders on account of the Spirit of Holiness to the delegates whom He had chosen for Himself,
Holiness: literally, being set apart. Why should we, who are called to be set apart, even expect to be a part of the “in groups” anywhere else? But we are not only set apart from the rest of the world; we are set apart to the Kingdom:
3. to whom, after [having undergone] His suffering, He had presented Himself to be among the living through many indisputable proofs, being seen by them over the course of forty days and discussing the things concerning the Kingdom of YHWH.


4. And, meeting together with them, He gave them orders not to leave Yerushalayim, but to wait around for [what] the Father had promised, “which you have learned about from Me,

5. “because Yochanan indeed immersed in water; you will also be immersed by the Spirit of Holiness after not many of these days.”

These days: the Counting of the Omer between the Firstfruits of the Barley Harvest and Shavuoth. (See note on v. 26.) Spirit of Holiness: Heb., Ruakh haQodesh. HaQodesh is the proper name for the outer sanctuary in the Temple. It contained the menorah (a picture of Yeshua and His disciples, the vine and the branches), the Table of the Bread of the Faces (a picture of the twelve tribes of Israel in unity), and the altar of incense (a picture of prayers rising as a refreshment to YHWH). The priest would go there for the purpose of trimming the wicks, maintaining the coals on the altar, or changing out the old bread for the new. In short, it was a place for working. The overall picture is of Israel back in unity again, tending to the things of YHWH in His presence, with a Mediator interceding where needed. It is a picture of the Kingdom that Yeshua was discussing with His disciples. The word for spirit, in both Greek and Hebrew, also means “breath” or “wind”. Yeshua went on ahead of us to establish the Kingdom, and sent a wind back to draw us toward the Kingdom. We need to ride it into the Kingdom by taking the steps He reveals to us each day:
6. So indeed, those who had come together were confronting Him with a question, saying, “Master, is this the time when You will restore the kingship to Israel [just as it was]?”
Why would they ask this? They knew this was one of the tasks Messiah had to fulfill. Indeed, one reason today's Jews by and large have rejected Yeshua is because he did not bring the Lost Tribes back. Or did He?? He had just spent 40 days teaching them, and this was the foremost question in their minds. Almost every time He mentioned the Gospel, He associated it with the Kingdom. Some say the Kingdom simply means "YHWH's rule in the hearts and minds of men." While it is certainly that, there is much more to it than that. Who is the Israel spoken of here? The Jews? Not directly. YHWH said He would choose one place in the Land of Israel to establish such a "habitation". (Deut. 12:5) When King Shlomo built the Temple, He recognized that this is what YHWH had promised. (2 Chron. 6:2) His reign was a foretaste of the Kingdom! But Solomon allowed his foreign wives to bring idolatry into Israel. YHWH split Israel into two kingdoms. David's throne remained with Judah, but the name "Israel" stayed with the ten tribes given to Jeroboam, who had tried to persuade Solomon's son Rehoboam to lighten their burdens. But Jeroboam took the liberty of setting up alternatives to the dwelling place YHWH had selected. The Northern Kingdom also kept mixing religions, and walked more and more "in the laws of the Gentiles" (2 Kings 17:8; Hos. 7:8; 8:8). They wanted to be just like the others, so they were taken from the Land and BECAME Gentiles! Remember the prodigal's father, who had one son still at home, looking expectantly for his other son to return? At this time, Judah was still at home, safe in the sheepfold, and though YHWH had forsaken Efrayim "for a moment", His heart longed to have His firstborn back! "How can I give up you up, my son?" (Hos. 11:8) Despite a long estrangement, Israel's calling was still irrevocable. (Rom. 11:29) Now that Messiah’s work of being a Kinsman-Redeemer was completed, the Kingdom was indeed to be restored to Israel. He was the one who had set them thinking this way. (v. 3) But it had to all be done in the right order:
7. So He told them, “It is not yours to have knowledge of the chronology or the critical epochs which the Father has established for Himself as His own prerogative,
Established: We cannot alter the fact that they are going to take place. However, if He had told them there were some 2,000 years left, it might have drained their motivation and tended to sidetrack them, as indeed took place when it became evident that the Master had “delayed”. (Compare Luqa 12:45; Ex. 32:1) But notice that there are plural epochs; it may be that He established that these events had to take place on a particular feast day that He had appointed in the Torah, but left it up to us to determine which year they would come about. It will not take place by magic or instantaneously. The Kingdom is “at hand”; we have to do something to bring it about. If we had retained the focus they had, though, it might not have taken so long. Like a bridegroom awaiting his father’s approval, even Yeshua did not know when it would be ready (Mat. 11:27); it depends on how well we carry out our part:
8. “but you will receive [effective] power [as] the Spirit of Holiness arrives upon [and becomes operative in] you, and you will be witnesses for Me, not only in Yerushalayim, [but] also in all of Yehudah, Shomron, and up to the farthest extremity of the earth.”
You: They had asked Him in v. 6 if He would bring about the Kingdom; He shifts the burden to us. He essentially said, “Yes, I have come to restore the Kingdom; now go do it.” Shomron: Samaria, the nearest area where there was a substantial number of "Lost Sheep of the House of Israel" (Yochanan 4), and the former capital of the Northern Kingdom, and thus a “shorthand” for all the House of Yoseyf. Farthest extremity: He told His disciples to do what YHWH had said: “Declare it to the far-off coastlands that He who scattered Israel will regather him and keep watch over him like a shepherd." (Yirmiyahu 31:10) An integral part of restoring the Kingdom is to provide a population for the King to rule over, and their job was to make them into citizens worthy of His Kingdom. (Compare Mat. 28:19-20.) As Y’hoshua and Kalev, having seen the Land, gave a favorable report and said it could be taken, those who saw a Man succeed in loving YHWH and his brothers perfectly could with confidence testify that someone had already arrived in the Kingdom and that the rest of us could attain it as well. But being a witness is not so much about being a missionary or preaching to crowds, although each of these methods can be seen in this book in a certain sense. But what Yeshua said would be the greatest witness that we belong to Him is our love for one another. (Yochanan 13:35) For that to work there has to be an “us”. We are separated unto one another. People will not so much see Yeshua in you or me as in the combining of people who have scattered into so many different cultures and lifestyles, yet are all returning with the same goal—of restoring the Kingdom of Israel. We do so by becoming the Kingdom, and that begins by living as Israelites where we are. Some—those descendants of Israel whose innate hunger for who we were has finally come to maturity—will be powerfully drawn to wanting to be part of this. Others—who are steeped in self—will be repulsed by the fruit of the Kingdom, because it is bitter to them. All they can see is what we are separated from, and think only of what they would lose, not what they would gain.
9. Then [upon] saying these things, while they were looking on, He was lifted up, and a cloud took Him out of their sight.
Lifted up: taken up, hoisted, elevated. The Most High is above the clouds, for haSatan wanted to ascend there to take His place. (Yeshayahu 14:14) Yeshua did not presume to try to do this (Phil. 2:6), but YHWH exalted Him above every other man. (Phil. 2:9; contrast Gen. 11:4 with 12:2) Took Him out of their sight: literally, separated Him from their eyes.
10. And while they had their eyes fixed on the sky while He was departing, lo and behold, two men in white clothing presented themselves beside them,

11. who also said, “Galilean men, why are you standing [there] with your eyes turned toward the sky? This [same] Yeshua, who is being taken up away from you into Heaven, will likewise come in the same way you have seen Him being transferred into Heaven.”

Will come the same way: with clouds (v. 9), an allusion to Daniel 7:13. One of the titles the Messiah is known by is “the Master of Clouds”. Clouds are often an idiom for large crowds of witnesses (Heb. 12:1) or an army with which He will return. (Yirmeyahu 4:13; Y’hezq’el 38:9, 16; Rev. 1:7) But if we are looking up, we will not see one another, and we will be “so heavenly-minded” that we will not bring the Kingdom “on earth as it is in Heaven”.

12. Then they went back into Yerushalayim from the Mountain called “Olives”, which is near Yerushalayim, a Sabbath’s holding away.
The Mount of Olives from Yerushalayim. Sabbath’s holding: by tradition, if someone feels he needs to be in a different location from his home on the Sabbath, he establishes a temporary “base” within a short distance of that location, staying there so he can consider it his “home” during that Sabbath and avoid breaking the Sabbath by going further, which would constitute work. A Sabbath day’s journey outside a walled city, according to rabbinical regulations (which follow those of the Prushim), was 2,000 cubits (about .57 mile, a little less than one kilometer) from the Temple, which counted as the center of the city. This allowed one to walk far enough from the city to eliminate waste in compliance with Deut. 23:12-14 but not violate Ex. 16:29, which forbids leaving one’s “place” on the Sabbath. These measurements are based on the regulations for the Levitical cities (Num. 35:2-5), which specified a band of 2,000 cubits from the city’s center as the zone in which animals (which also are not permitted to work on the Sabbath) are kept. The next zone was for crops; we do not go out that far lest we be tempted to tend to any problems we might see with them. Yet while we are in exile, if we have to travel miles to be in community and light the fire of our automobile ignition in order to join with others from Israel on the Sabbath, that is the lesser of two evils, so that we can bring the day closer when we are no longer forced to make such a choice.
13. As soon as they entered, they went up into the upper-story room where they had been staying—not only Kefa, Yaaqov, and Yochanan, but also Andreos, Filippos, Th’oma, Matithyahu, Bar-Talmai, Yaaqov son of Chalfai, Shim’on the Zealot, and Yehudah son of Yaaqov.
Upper-story room: probably the royal stoa in the Temple, based on the events in the next chapter.
14. All of these were continuing together with one mind in prayer with the women and Mary the mother of Yeshua and with his brothers.
One mind: Heb., one heart. The women: possibly the wives of the disciples, or simply those who had come to Yeshua’s tomb on the day of His resurrection. His brothers: one of whom was Yaaqov, who in Yeshua’s absence inherited the position of king of Yehudah. This is why he rose to prominence so quickly after being among Yeshua’s mockers only a few months or years prior to this. (Yochanan 7:3-5)
15. And during those days, Shim’on Kefa stood up among the disciples (there being a congregation of about 120 names upon the same) and said,
How did one who had failed Yeshua so miserably less than two months before come to be a leader? Partly because Yeshua had foreordained this (Mat. 16:18), and allotted him three occasions to repent (Yoch. 21:15-17), but also possibly because one who had been through the fearful experience of being out of favor and the deep regret of having seen the other side would be better able to direct others away from it. “He who is forgiven much loves much” (Luqa 7:47) and those who are lifted from the heaps of broken pottery (see note on v. 18) and seated with nobles (Psalm 113:7) are often appreciative than those who were always nobles.
16. “Men of our brothers, it became apparent that the ancient writing that was spoken by the mouth of David concerning Yehudah (who became a guide to those who laid hold of Yeshua) had to be fulfilled,
This Yehudah was the man often known as “Judas”. There may be a prophetic sense in which the whole tribe of Yehudah is spoken of in v. 20—for a season. (Compare to Mat. 21:43.)
17. “because he had been numbered among us and had a share in this service.

18. “This one purchased a field with the recompense of sin, and fell on his face upon the earth, he split in half and all his intestines poured out,

Z’kharyah 11:12-13 prophesies that the Potter’s Field would be purchased in the Temple of YHWH, and the following verse speaks of the dividing of Yehudah from Israel. This man by the name of Yehudah cut himself off from Israel by executing himself in this manner (by hanging). Interestingly, the Potter’s Field was the place where broken potsherds that had already been through the fire and had burst, being thus no longer able to be reworked into something useful were discarded. (Compare Heb. 10:26-31) Yehudah apparently put himself in this category of having no hope of repentance, unlike Kefa, who went out and wept bitterly for his sin on the same night.
19. “and this became known to all the inhabitants of Yerushalayim, so that field came to be called, in the local dialect, ‘Haqal-Dama’, which is translated, ‘field of blood’,

20. “since it was written in the scroll of the psalms, ‘Let his encampment be made desolate; let no one inhabit his tents’ [Ps. 69:26], and ‘let another take his office’. [Ps. 109:8]

His: in the first-cited verse, the original Hebrew says “their”. Kefa numbered Yehudah as one example of this curse, which is spoken in the context of the enemies of David, Yeshua’s own ancestor. One need not be maliciously-motivated to function in the role of enemy. (Compare Mat. 16:23.) It seems Yehudah was not (but as a zealot was simply trying force Yeshua to stand up and defeat the Romans and take His place as King). The end result was the same.
21. “So we need one of these men who have been with us this whole time that our Master Yeshua was going in and out among us--

22. “[from] back at the immersing of Yochanan up to the day He was taken up in Himself from among us—[who] was a witness to His resurrection along with us.”

He had to be someone who had known Yeshua prior to His death and seen Him after His resurrection to be a valid witness verifying that He was the same person.
23. So they set [before them] Yoseyf who was called Bar-saba, and given the respectful surname “the just one”, and Mathiyah.
Bar-saba: an Aramaic name, probably “Son of His will”, but possibly from the Hebrew “son of Sh’va (the ancestor of the Sabeans). Mathiyah means “man of YHWH”.
24. And when they prayed, they said, “You, O Master, know what is in the hearts of all; show us which of these two You have chosen
Note that though they had only recently been with Yeshua, yet did not pray to Him as some do today. They never got this idea from what He taught.
25. “that he should receive the share of service and the office of Delegate [from] which Yehudah turned from among us to walk to his own place.”

26. When they hurled lots, it came up for Mathiyah, so he was counted [in] with the eleven Delegates.

As Yeshua had risen up to fill the void that Adam had left, it was important symbolically to have twelve again since their task was to restore all the tribes of Israel. (vv. 6-8) Delegates: specifically those “sent” by Yeshua as the Father had sent Him. (Yoch. 20:21) Counted in: This took place during the “Counting of the Omer”—a word play that ties in well with the next verse.

CHAPTER 2

1. Now when the day of Shavuoth was completely filled up, they were all together with one passion in the same [place],
Completely filled up: Shavuoth is the “feast of weeks”, the day after the counting of a “week of weeks” (49 days) reaches its culmination, not at evening as the day begins, but in the morning when it has fully arrived. It is the firstfruits of the wheat harvest, and so symbolizes a completion of the maturing process of a crop that is used for many of the secondary sacrifices in the Temple. On this feast alone, leavened loaves are brought to the Temple as an offering. For this reason, it is only waved before the altar, not burned thereon. And indeed we see a harvest on this day. (v. 41) There is another festival of firstfruits—that of the barley harvest. It is the day in which Pharaoh was killed in the Red Sea and the Israelites escaped on the other side. It is also the day Yeshua rose from the dead. He was called the "firstfruits of those who rise from the dead." (I Cor. 15:23) Starting that day, we are instructed to count the days (the omer: the measure) until Shavuoth. (Lev. 23) With one passion: according to Strong, “a compound of two words meaning to ‘rush along’ and ‘in unison’. The image is almost musical; a number of notes are sounded which, while different, harmonize in pitch and tone. As the instruments of a great concert under the direction of a concert master”, all their gifts (see Eph. 4) were working together to bring the entire Body to readiness. Such agreement cannot take place if everyone’s opinion is given equal weight; the 12 had to rule according to Torah. It is noteworthy that those with the “keys to the kingdom” are keeping the Feast. When they were in such agreement, YHWH acted:
2. when, suddenly there came a [roaring] sound out of the heavens as if being carried along by a forceful wind, and it filled the whole house where they were sitting.
Suddenly: yet not totally unexpectedly. Most Christians believe that this was the first Pentecost, and that the church was born on that day. Actually, this was not as unique as it would seem; the first Shavuoth (of which Pentecost is loosely a Greek translation, meaning “50th”) was at Mt. Sinai. Jewish tradition says it was on this day that YHWH gave the Ten Commandments. Scripture does not state this explicitly, but we know from contextual clues that it had to be very close to this date. The story is in Exodus 19:14ff, and we will see many parallels here that lend credibility to this tradition. Like Moshe, the disciples had just come down off a mountain to be together with all Israel. The ram's horn grew louder and louder, like the sound mentioned here. The mountain was set ablaze. Everything that was done historically had a fulfillment in Yeshua's day. As they sat in the Temple on Pentecost, there was a rushing, roaring wind, like that ram’s horn, and again there were tongues of flame. The Hertz Authorized Prayer Book says, in a section on Shavuoth (p. 790), that the desert of Sinai (now in northwestern Saudi Arabia near the eastern fork of the Reed Sea) belonged to no one nation exclusively. The shofar blast was heard, not by Israel alone, but by the inhabitants of all the earth. When Yeshua said to wait until they were endowed with power from above, they would have recognize that it would most likely be on Shavuoth, which was only ten days away. House: Since there were 120 of them, it was probably The House, i.e., an upper room at the Temple (reminiscent of Yeshayahu 6), where they continued to meet thereafter. (v. 46) It may have been the Royal Stoa, which Herod had added on and which was visible from both the courtyards within and easily accessible from outside the Temple complex. (See photo.) But they had also been built together into one house of living stones as a dwelling place fit for YHWH’s Spirit. Sitting: another allusion to Psalm 133: “Behold, how appropriate and how pleasant it is when brothers sit together in unity.”
3. And there appeared to them tongues as if [made] of fire being divided [and distributed], and each sat on one of them,
They were able to see these tongues as if they were of fire. Their ancestors at Sinai "saw no form, but only a voice". (Deut. 4:11) They saw the voice! This one fire was distributed among them all, instead of on the mountain this time. The first time, the people feared it; this time they were waiting for it.
4. and they were all filled with the Spirit of Holiness, and began to speak in various languages, as the Spirit gave them [the ability] to be eloquent.
Yeshua prophesied this in a general sense in Mark 16:17. The tongues of flame and the gift of tongues here were the fulfillment of that initial outpouring at Sinai. History repeated itself. Ecclesiastes says, "That which took place before will take place again." By tradition, the voice of YHWH at Sinai divided itself into the 70 tongues then spoken on earth, so that all of mankind might understand the Torah’s redemptive message, but only Israel responded. As Yeshua’s students were counting the days leading up to Shavuoth, the liturgy included a blessing each day, then Psalm 67 is read: "YHWH, be merciful to us and bless us. Cause Your face to shine upon us, that Your way may be known on earth, Your salvation among all nations. Let the peoples praise You, O YHWH; let all the peoples praise You, and let the nations be glad, for You shall judge the people righteously, and govern the nations on the earth...Then the earth shall yield her increase. YHWH, our own Elohim, shall bless us, and all the ends of the earth shall fear Him." This was the goal being aimed at during the Counting of the Omer. To be eloquent: Heb., what the Spirit gave them to say. These were not “tongues of angels”, but, as we will see, real languages spoken by the hearers. (v. 6, ,8)
5. And there were present in Yerushalayim Jews, devout men out of every nation that was under heaven.
Jews: The Gospel is “to the Jew first” (Rom. 1:16; 2:10), partly because for YHWH to bless them, there had to be a repentance (vv. 38-39) so that the blessing that would then extend to every nation could come upon them and start this process. (Psalm 67; see note on v. 4.) Devout men: Heb., fearers of Elohim. Out of every nation: that is, living abroad They were in Yerushalayim for this second of the pilgrimage festivals to which every able-bodied Israelite was commanded to come.
6. But when this sound began, [that] whole multitude assembled and were bewildered, because each one was hearing them speak in his own dialect!

7. And they were all thrown into wonderment and expressed admiration, saying to each other, “Aren’t all of these who are speaking indeed Galileans?

Galileans: considered uneducated by Judean standards (though largely because they generally followed the simple Torah rather than the embellishments many rabbis had added to it), yet here they were fluently speaking numerous foreign languages. YHWH uses the foolish to confound the wise (1 Cor. 1:27), since it was obvious that these men were not capable of bringing this forth themselves. It clearly had to be YHWH’s doing.
8. “How is it, then, that we are each hearing in our own native dialect--

9. “Parthians, Medes, Elamites, inhabitants of Mesopotamia, both Yehudah and Kappadokia, Pontos and Asia,

Steve Collins has filled a whole book with documentation of how the Parthians originated from a mingling of a few of the “lost” tribes of Israel, so Jews would have been welcome there.
10. “both Frugia and Pamphylia, Egypt and the parts of Libya near Qurenia, and the sojourners from Rome, both Jews and proselytes,
Parts of Libya: certain enclaves in which these Jews lived, not every part of Libya.
11. “Cretans and Arabians—[that] we hear them recounting the excellencies of YHWH in our own languages?”
Our own: though they were Jews, they had assimilated to their places of residence and no longer knew Hebrew. But YHWH graciously clarified the message for them through this event. The “tongues” were spread out in order to call them all back to the Torah. Excellencies: great deeds or works. The message was the same as that given at Mt. Sinai—the Torah (Ex. 20), now heard clearly no matter where its recipients lived. Of course, Yahshua was the “great work” (masterpiece) that they were emphasizing on this occasion.
12. And they were all beside themselves and utterly at a loss, saying to one another, “Whatever can the purpose of this be?”

13. Others said jeeringly, “They are full of sweet wine!"

14. But standing up with the eleven [delegates], Shim’on Kefa lifted up his voice and said to them, “Jewish men and all those staying in Yerushalayim, let this be known to you, and pay attention to what I am going to speak [about]!

15. “Because these [people] are not drunk, as you [have voiced your] supposition, since it is [only] the third hour!

The third hour: halfway between sunrise and noon. Many devout Jews at that time did not even eat until they were finished with morning prayers, which would often extend well beyond this, especially on a high day.
16. “But this is that which was spoken through the prophet Yoel:

17. “‘And what will take place in the latter days,’ declares Elohim, ‘is that I will pour out My spirit on all flesh, and your sons and daughters will prophesy, your choice young men will see ecstatic visions, and your old men will dream dreams;

18. “‘and I will even pour out My spirit on the slaves and maid-servants in those days’, and they will prophesy.

19. “‘and I will appoint conspicuous signs in the skies and on the land—blood and fire and columns of smoke.

This would remind them of the thick clouds and fire that accompanied the giving of the Torah the first time at Sinai, also on Shavuoth by ttradition, and since what most people studied at that time was man-made doctrine that had accumulated over it, and were more concerned about following the doctrines of their sects than with actually studying the Torah, it was as if He was offering it again for the first time. What Yahshua called us to do was to return to it and build our traditions for the sake of loving YHWH and loving our fellows as ourselves.

20. “‘The sun will be transformed into darkness, and the moon into blood before the great and terrifying Day of YHWH arrives.

21. “‘And what will take place [is that] any who may call on the name of YHWH will be rescued.’

Call on the name of YHWH: Not just a magical formula for salvation. In the context of Shavuoth, which on its first occurrence was a betrothal ceremony, YHWH is offering a renewal of vows. Calling on His name (especially as used in Yeshayahu 64:7) is to say “I do”, to eagerly take what He is offering and express a strong desire for Him. We must not understand this outside of a Shavuoth context. If we change the context, we change the entire message. Rescued: At that time, this would be understood as from Rome or from not having a king of their own. The more specific context in the disciples’ minds, as taught by Yeshua in the last fifty days, is the return of the scattered captives of Yehudah and Israel. The quote is from nearly the whole of chapter 3 of Yoel in Hebrew (the end of chapter 2 in English). He stops the quote in mid-verse of the original. What follows (and what it would remind them of) says, “for in Mt. Tzion and Yerushalayim, there will be deliverance, as YHWH has said, as well as in the remnant whom YHWH will call.” That is where this did take place, so this event is the foreshadowing of that larger one that is yet to come. The context is Israel, not some new entity called the “church”. The point of this event is not to encourage others to “speak in tongues”; it is about restoring Israel, most of whom are now held captive in the church, which has made this feast or the day’s events into sometimes entirely different. Yoel says YHWH will judge all nations for this. (3:2; 4:2) There is no such thing as a spiritual-only salvation. If Iusrael accepts the Torah again, YHWH will bring us home. We must not wait for miracles; the miracles are waiting until we act on His word and take all the steps we can first.
22. “Men—descendants of Israel—listen to these words! Yeshua the Notzri, a man who was from Elohim, pointed out to you with forceful [deeds] and signs and wonders, which Elohim did upon His hands among you, just as you yourselves know.
Listen, Israel: This is how the “Sh’ma”, the cornerstone of Hebraic faith, begins. (Deut. 6:4ff) This would have caught their attention. It continues by saying that “YHWH is one”. Kefa’s description of Yeshua is “a man from Elohim”. He has an audience of probably a million people at this feast. If he wanted to tell them that Yeshua was Elohim in the flesh, and that they had killed YHWH, this would certainly have been the time to do it! By this would conflict with the Sh’ma. That is not the Gospel. It is that Yeshua has come as a very unique, chosen vessel to restore the lost Kingdom to Israel. He begins with scattered Yehudah, because they are the easiest to recognize, having preserved the knowledge of their identity and heritage better than the rest of Israel. Pointed out: literally, made seen; Greek, exhibited, shown, proven, demonstrated.
23. “This one, being appointed for these by His knowledge beforehand and in the will of Elohim—Him you turned over to the hands of wicked men, and you crucified and murdered!

24. “But Elohim raised Him up and spared Him from the pangs of the grave, because the grave came to be without the opening to [have power to] retain Him.

25. “Indeed, David said about Him, ‘I have set YHWH constantly before me; since [He is not far] from my right hand, I will not be overthrown.

David is saying that Yeshua has set YHWH before Him at all times. Because He never sinned, He had a special unbroken connection with YHWH, but if He were YHWH, why would He have to keep YHWH in mind?
26. “‘For this reason my heart is glad, and my reputation rejoices; my flesh will also settle down in [secure] trustfulness,

27. “‘because you will not abandon my soul to the grave, nor will you permit Your pious one to gaze at the pit [of destruction],

The pit: Greek, decay.
28. “‘You will make me to know the pathway of life; abundance of joys [come] with Your presence.’ [Psalm 16:8-11a]

29. “Men of our brothers! By your leave I will say unreservedly concerning David, head of the patriarchs, that he is both dead and buried, and the place of his tomb can be found with us to this day.

By your leave: a common Jewish introduction to an important utterance. Unreservedly: boldly, freely, without ambiguity. By tradition, Shavuoth was actually the anniversary (jahrzeit in Yiddish) of David’s death! David’s flesh did see corruption, but through David’s seed—His descendant Yeshua, who continued his line and thus “kept him alive”, this does indirectly apply to David as well. In one sense YHWH does not distinguish descendants from ancestors, unless the ancestors hate Him and a descendant breaks away from that and begins to follow Him. He looks on us as Avraham, so the promises to him apply to us. The promises to David’s son (e.g., 1 Chron. 17:11-12; Psalm 2; Psalm 110) could apply to Shlomo if he met the conditions; if not, they had to wait for a later descendant. But what Yeshua accomplished for David’s household then applied to anyone in that household either before or after Him.
30. “Since he was a prophet, he knew that Elohim was swearing an oath to him, ‘From the fruit [that comes] from within your body I will seat [the Messiah] upon your throne.’ [Psalm 132:11]
Compare 2 Shmu’el 7:12-13. The Messiah: this explanatory remark is in the Greek text, but not the Aramaic, but it is a correct inference that is upheld by verse 31, though it has wider applications as well:
31. “When foreseeing this in a vision, he spoke of His resurrection—that of the Messiah—that He would not be abandoned in the grave and that His body also would not see decay.
Yeshua’s time in the grave (Heb., She’ol) was only so that the leaven collected on the wooden stake on which He died (as in the Passover ritual) might be burned up. Not see decay: He was dead only three days, while tradition said one’s soul remained near his body for three and a half days before finally departing, and we see in the account of El’azar that one would certainly begin to decay by the fourth day. (Yochanan 11:39) So the chosen One had to die in order to prove He was the one who would not undergo decay. Even the Romans recognized that if He was the one, there would be a resurrection, so they posted guards, assumedly to kill Him again if He should rise from the dead!
32. “This [same] Yeshua, Elohim raised up--and all of us are His witnesses!

33. “It is He who is raised up at the right hand of Elohim, and having received from the Father the promise concerning the Spirit of Holiness, and has poured out this gift that you, lo and behold, [both] see and hear!

At the right hand: or, by the right hand. This gift: the sign of the tongues of fire and the sound of the wind.
34. “Indeed, David did not ascend into the Heavens, as he himself says: ‘YHWH has declared to my Master, seat Yourself from My right hand

35. “‘until I put Your enemies in place as a footstool for Your feet.’ [Psalm 110:1]

36. “Therefore let the whole House of Israel know with assurance that Elohim has made this [same] Yeshua whom you crucified, both Master and Messiah!”

Whole House: while Yehudah was responsible for killing Him, and the House of David needed someone to restore it to its lost estate, it was also because the Northern Kingdom needed redemption that He had to die. Now the promise had been fulfilled that if a man from David’s lineage would walk before YHWH in truth and with His whole heart, the Kingdom would continue on (1 Kings 2:4), so the Kingdom had now been restored!

37. And when they heard these words, they were grieved in their hearts, and said to Shim’on and the rest of the Delegates, “Brothers, what should we do?”
Grieved: or distressed.
38. Shim’on said to them, “Each one of you must repent and be immersed in the name of the master Yeshua for the forgiveness of sins so that you may receive the gift of the Spirit of Holiness,
Be immersed: a ritual statement of intention and commitment to follow not only YHWH but also the King that He has established. (Psalm 2:6)
39. “because the promise can be for you and your children and to any who are far off ‘whom Elohim may call’.
Who are far off: a specific allusion to Daniel’s prayer (in 9:7) for the part of Israel that was driven into other lands by YHWH because of their sins—i.e., the Northern Kingdom, as well as these Jews who were not living in their proper Land. The idiom also shows up in Yeshayahu 66:19 and Yirmeyahu 31:10; 46:27; 51:50. “Whom Elohim may call”: Here Shim’on resumes his quote from Yoel 3:5 (2:32).
40. And with many other words he bore witness to them and sought a response from them as he said, “Snatch yourselves out of this perverse generation!”


41. Then, indeed, those who were gladly receiving his teaching were immersed, and that same day there were added [to their company] about three thousand souls,

About three thousand: the same number as those who fell in the wilderness on one day (during the golden calf incident, Ex. 32:28) This was a tikkun, or reparation, for what had been broken or torn on that day. The firstfruits of the what harvest was on Shavuoth, with the remainder of the harvest to follow. (v. 47) These people were the firstfruits of the harvest that continued in v. 47.
42. and they were consistently devoted to the Delegates’ instruction, participation in the community, breaking of the bread, and prayers.
Those who had come up for the Feast stayed on in Yerushalayim! They did not go back to their other homes (the places mentioned in verses 9-11), but remained where YHWH was moving.
43. And reverence came upon every soul, and both many miracles and distinguishing signs came about through the Delegates.

44. And those who believed were together and had all things that they owned in common.

Believers: or, faithful ones. They all moved in together, a picture again of all Israel being reunited in Yerushalayim—a foreshadowing of the Messianic Kingdom. In common: collectively or in partnership.
45. And any among them who had amassed [wealth], sold it and distributed it to each one as they might have need.

46. And every day they continued in the Temple with one heart, and at home they were breaking bread and eating food with joy and with integrity of heart.

At home: Greek, from house to house, i.e., in a different person’s home each time. This is not a basis for “house churches”, because their teaching was received in the Temple. But eating together strengthens the ties of covenant. Integrity: Gk., simplicity or singleness; in Hebrew, the same word used to describe Yaaqov in Gen. 25:27—complete, plain (straightforward), pure, innocent, lacking nothing.
47. They were worshipping Elohim and finding favor in the eyes of the whole People. And every day our Master added to the witness-group those who were being delivered.
Witness-group: assembly, company, congregation, or even family.

CHAPTER 3

1. Now [Shim’on] Kefa and Yochanan were going up together to the Temple at the hour of prayer—the ninth [hour].
Together: Gk., on the same—i.e., either at the same time or for the same purpose. They did not just accidentally meet up with each other there. Ninth hour: that is, 3:00 p.m. by the sun, one of the three prayer times that come at three-hour intervals during the day. It is halfway between noon and sunset and coincides with the first evening oblation, an offering of an animal that is fully consumed. This was tradition, but one that was honored by YHWH. Daniel based his three prayer times per day on this Temple convention. Luqa does not explain such things because he assumes his reader is familiar with the “comings and goings” of the Temple. (Y’hezq’el 43:11) This is necessary to avoid twisting the meaning of any part of the Renewed Covenant. This was not like a pagan temple.
2. And a certain man, being already lame from his mother’s womb, whom they set daily near the gateway to the Temple which is called Beautiful, was being carried [there] to beg charity from those who were entering the Temple.
Beautiful: flourishing or blooming, but from a word meaning timely, belonging to the right hour, or in season. Ecclesiastes 3:1 says, literally, that there is a time for everything to be a delight unto heaven. There are even proper seasons within the same day. He was at the right place at the right time, as were these two apostles. If either he or they had been late, he would not have been healed. Begging alms is a delight when done at the right time, for it affords the worshipper in YHWH’s house the privilege of doing a deed of righteousness (the same word in Hebrew which is still used for charitable giving of this type). The last vestige of the Temple, the Western (Wailing) Wall, is still a commonly haunt of those in Yerushalayim who need to beg alms. The smell of cooking lamb would have made the man all the hungrier. Since he could not stand, he could not enter the Temple courts, where no one but the king was permitted to sit. But he got as close as he could to gathering with the rest of Israel to honor YHWH.
3. who, [seeing] Shim’on Kefa and Yochanan about to enter the Temple, called out to them, asking him to give them alms.

4. And Shim’on and Yochanan, fixing their eyes intently on him, said to him, “Look at us!”

5. So he paid them attention, expecting to receive something from them.

6. [But] Shim’on said to him, “I don’t even have the beginnings of gold or silver, but what I [do] have I will give you: In the name of our Master Yeshua the Notzri, the Messiah, get up and walk!”

This was a much more valuable gift—a permanent one, if he would accept the open door. Though he was eager to do so (v. 8), he may have hesitated because he thought it impossible, so Kefa encouraged him further:
7. So he took him by the right hand and raised him up, and in a moment his feet and ankle bones were made strong.

8. And he was willing [to do so] and stood up and walked, and started going into the Temple, walking and springing up, and praising Elohim.

Was willing: or delighted; Greek, leaping up. He had waited all his life for this, and now he was able, so it was the right time, and the first place he went was the Temple.
9. And when all the people saw him leaping and praising Elohim,

10. they recognized that he was the beggar who had been sitting every day and asking for alms near the gate that is called Beautiful, and they were filled with wonder and amazement at how it had turned out for him.

Beggar: Heb., collector.
11. And while he was holding fast to Shim’on and Yochanan, all the people, being amazed, ran to them at the porch that is called Shlomo’s Portico.
He embraced his healers as his brothers. Shlomo’s Portico is still the common area of the Temple, not the holiest area.
12. And when Shim’on saw, he answered and said to them, “Men—descendants of Israel! Why are you amazed at this? Or why are you staring at us as if [it was] by our own force or our own ability that we had accomplished this—that this one walks?
Why are you amazed? Had they not heard of YHWH doing the same kind of thing through many of His prophets throughout history? This was nothing unique. Everything Yeshua did had been done by others before Him, only not on as grand a scale. Ability: from a word meaning to support, uphold, or sustain. He may be suggesting that they thought he was commanding magical forces and suspending them in balance until the operation was complete. But it was not everyone’s time to be healed, so, like Yeshua on many occasions, they took people’s focus off the instruments YHWH had used and back onto YHWH Himself:
13. “The Elohim of Avraham, Yitzhaq, and Yaaqov—the Elohim of our ancestors—has glorified His Son Yeshua, whom you dared to avert [justice for] before Pilatus, when he intended to arrange for His release!
Glorified: adorned, vaunted, beautified, made to shine, enriched. Son: the Greek interprets this with a word for “child” that has the sense of a young attendant or servant—his “errand-boy”, so to speak, as Y’hoshua was to Moshe until Moshe’s death.
14. “But you obliterated the holy and righteous one and demanded for yourselves that a murderous man be granted to you,
He did not try to flatter his audience into listening to him!
15. “and you killed the Leader of Life, whom Elohim has raised up from among the dead, and all of us are His witnesses.
Leader: author (in the sense of an absolute expert—the one who “wrote the book” on the way life is to be lived), pioneer (one who goes before us, making a way for us to walk where He walked), example (showing us what it means to be an overcomer); Heb., prince.
16. “And by confidence in His Name, this one whom you see and are acquainted with has been strengthened and healed. And the confidence in Him has given him this robustness in the sight of all of you.
Robustness: from a word for fatness or richness and related to the word for newness or (re-) creation; Greek, complete soundness, unimpaired health. It was as if he had been created again!
17. “However, now, my brothers, I know that you did this by mistake, just as the heads of you did.
By mistake: They thought they were punishing someone who had overstepped His rights. But this had to take place, so YHWH let their ignorance remain until this time.
18. “And Elohim, as He caused to be proclaimed since the beginning through the mouth of all the prophets that His anointed One would bear chastisement, has thus fulfilled [it].
Bear: or be burdened or laden with. The great news is that the King they had killed was not dead anymore. They could now change their views about Him and acknowledge His authority, which the prophets had foretold. This is how YHWH did what He had said He would do. He points them back to the prophets who had all taught about who Yeshua would be. They did not have a “New Testament” to teach anything about Him, but the Hebraic context told them enough: the prophets say a king will come who will bring the whole nation back to the Torah, resurrecting the part of it that had died. We today are witnesses to the fact that the next stage of this accomplishment is in progress!
19. “Therefore chisel out your [mistakes] and turn back in order that what you got out of line may be wiped clean [from memory] and coated back over and seasons of refreshment may come upon you from before YHWH,
Chisel: dig, hollow, scrape as an engraving scribe does. Turn back: reverse, restore, refresh, in the same imagery of the engraver obliterating his mistake and going back over it to fill it in with new mortar so it can be re-wrtitten correctly:
20. “and that He may send to you the One He has established [as correct]—Yeshua the Messiah,

21. “whom it is necessary that the heavens receive until the fulfilling of the times of all the words that Elohim said through His set-apart prophets that have been since antiquity.

22. “Indeed, as Moshe said, ‘A prophet will YHWH raise up for you from the midst of your brothers like myself; to him you must listen in everything that he may tell you,

The word order of Deut. 18:15 is changed here, but the components are all the same. Again, He is not trying to present Yeshua as being Elohim.
23. “‘and it must be that every soul who does not obey that prophet, that soul must then be cut off from her people.’
This is a paraphrased summary of Deut. 18:18-20.
24. “Also the prophets—all of them, from Shmu’el and successively those who came after him spoke and announced about those days.

25. “You are those who are the sons of the prophets and sons of the covenant which Elohim appointed for our ancestors when He said to Avraham, ‘In your seed will all the families of the ground be blessed.’

Or, into your seed will all the families of the earth be grafted. Sons: i.e., beneficiaries.
26. “To you first Elohim raised up and sent His Son to bless you, if you turn around and walk away from your wrongdoings!”


CHAPTER 4

1. And as they were saying these words to the people, the priests, the Tz’doqim, and the heads of the Temple rose up over them,

2. full of anger at them over [the fact] that they were teaching the people and making proclamation about resurrection from among the dead in the Messiah.

Anger: heat, excitement, or poison; Greek, being worked up, displeased, offended, troubled, distressed. This was because some of the Tz’doqim (the Boethusians) did not believe in the resurrection (Mat. 22:23), or anything else supernatural, for that matter, which would include this type of healing. Therefore this event was proving their doctrine wrong. It was also the job of the priests to teach Israel (Mal. 2:7), and the delegates (apostles) were doing the job that they had been failing to do well.
3. So they laid their hands on them and detained them until daylight the next day, because it was nearing the evening.
They could not legally make a ruling, especially a death sentence (which they were probably contemplating) anywhere but on the Temple Mount, where their council-chamber was located, and the gates to the Temple would be closed at sundown. The Temple was an extremely divided politically-charged place during this time. The P’rushim knew that those in authority at the Temple were the wrong ones. (More about this below.) Those in power still felt themselves in a very precarious position. There were many divisions even among the P’rushim and Tz’doqim, and all were vying for the support of the people, to the point of hating one another. On the national level, they had nearly reached the state the earth was in just before the Deluge in Noakh’s day. They were ruled by a pagan power, and governed by those who were either crooked or compromised. People did the math based on Daniel’s prophecies of when the Messiah would come, and expectations were high. All the factionalism made it quite obvious to the people that none of the major options had the answer. Yeshua is called the “sprout” (Yeshayahu 11:1), and all this ferment acted like fertilizer. Indeed, Y’hoshua brought Israel across the Yarden when the river looked most impossible to cross.
4. But many who had heard the word believed, and their number came to about 5,000 men.
This would represent the increase of nearly 2,000 in one day. (2:41, 47)
5. Now the next day, the drivers, the elders, and the scribes gathered,
Drivers: possibly those who evicted from the Temple precincts any whom they thought should not be there. Greek, rulers or leaders.
6. as well as Chanan the high priest, and Qayafa, Yochanan, Alexandros, and these who were from the high priestly family.
Though these men bore the name Tz’doqim, these were not the properly-constituted Tzadoqite priesthood, but illegal usurpers who bought their office from Rome as the highest bidders. From the Temple Scroll (found at Qumran) we know that the true Tzadoqite priests had left Yerushalayim to protest the fact that those holding the priesthood were illegitimate. They were legitimately priests, but not of the true high priestly family, which probably was actually that of Z’kharyah and Yochanan the Immerser, both of whom had been murdered. (Phrases Yochanan used, such as “brood of vipers”, correlate well with those found among the Dead Sea Scrolls, and they placed a great deal of emphasis on the one who was coming, whom they called the Teacher of Righteousness.) By waiting until the next day, the council also had time to call together their most skilled minds so they could better manipulate the trial to their advantage.
7. And after they had stood them in their midst, they asked them, “By what means or in what name are you doing this?”
They knew that it could not be simply their own. The Talmud is full of things said in the name of another rabbi, and this is a valid concept. YHWH looks favorably on the names and of the righteous, and upholds those who are associated with them as worthy of the same merit. But it goes both ways; if we do not walk the same walk as the one whose authority we claim, the name we use means nothing. (19:12-17)
8. At that time Shim’on Keyfa was filled with the spirit of holiness, and said to them, “Drivers of the People and elders of the House of Israel, listen!
Keyfa had been known for his bravery, even daring to try to cut off the head of the priest’s servant. But his denial of Yeshua sobered him immensely, and made him realize that only Yeshua was worth living for, and this was part of his repentance.
9. “If we are being judged today at your hands in regard to the benefit that was brought about for this sick man—by whom this one was healed--

10. “know this, for yourselves and for all the people of Israel, that in the name of Yeshua the Messiah, the Notzri, whom you crucified, whom Elohim raised from among the dead—take note! Through Him, this man stands before you, restored to health!

11. “He is ‘the stone that’ you, ‘the builders rejected’, and He ‘has become the head of the corner’.

This is a quote from Psalm 118:22, personalized to Keyfa’s audience. That Psalm is used at Passover, when the epitome of Yeshua’s rejection took place, and also in the liturgy for the New Moon, a time that is tied to the healing of the tribes. (Rev. 22:2) His use of the psalms, which in this day were popularly seen as prophetic, he is again mocking those who do not believe in miraculous prophecy.
12. “And there is no deliverance in any other man, because there is no other name under the heavens that is given to the descendants of Adam by which there is [power] to be delivered.”
The heavens: often a Hebraic euphemism for YHWH’s Name. Thus he is reminding us that Yeshua’s name, though higher than any other (Phil. 2:9), is still lower than YHWH’s. Delivered: or saved, another allusion to Psalm 118 (verses 14 and 15).

13. Now when they heard these words spoken to them boldly by Shim’on and of Yochanan, it was clear to them that they were not familiar with a book and that they were unlearned, and they were amazed about them, and they recognized that they had walked with Yeshua.
Boldly: being uncovered, by revelation, without protection. Clear: proven by trial or investigation, the same Hebrew term used for the “tried cornerstone” of Yeshayahu 28:16, which also alludes to Psalm 118. They apparently thought they would have an easy time discrediting these Galileans, known by their accent which was known for dropping the last vowels in most words. They had not studied rabbinic arguments in a yeshiva, so they were considered as illiterate, though nearly any Jew at that time would have been raised to be able to read the Torah, and Keyfa is known to have come from a wealthy family. Because these men had now “tied them in knots” so easily, they recognized Yeshua’s teaching method in them, and realized that Keyfa had been lying when he told the same group that he did not know Him. They learned Yeshua’s method by sitting around campfires with Him and watching Him interact with His enemies. When one immerses himself in Torah, he learns how to argue a case like a lawyer, and will be considered very wise by those who observe. (Deut. 4:6) There is enough ambiguity in the text to read this as also saying these rulers recognized that they were the ones who really knew nothing, once they saw the resurrection which proved their doctrines wrong and the skill with which these men from whom they anticipated no challenge ended up making them look like fools.
14. And they saw that the cripple who had been healed was standing with them, and they were not able to say a word against them.
A tree is known by its fruit; how could they argue with this? And Keyfa had stated things carefully with the art that a trained P’rush would use, setting these men up to have to admit that they had said and done nothing that contradicted the Scriptures that they claimed as their authority.
15. Then they gave orders that they should leave the gathering, and they said to one another,
Gathering: Greek, Sanhedrin. They used a bullying technique of excluding them and whispering privately, probably casting glances in their direction, with the intent of striking fear in them.
16. “What can we do to these men? Because look! The sign that has been done openly on their hands is known by all the inhabitants of Yerushalayim, and we are not able to conceal it [by deceit].
Conceal: Greek, refute.
17. “But in order that this word does not get out again to be heard any further by the people, let’s alarm them [with a threat] that they should not speak to any man of the sons of Adam in this name again!”

18. And they called them in and ordered them not to speak or teach in Yeshua’s name at all.

They did not forbid them from teaching, but only that they not attribute the ideas to their master. But to thus steal credit from the one who had taught them this path was unthinkable:
19. Shim’on Keyfa and Yochanan answered and told them, “Whether it is correct before Elohim that we should listen to you more than to Elohim, you judge!
Such wisdom! Psalm 118 also gave him the background to say this: “It is better to trust in YHWH than to put your confidence in nobles.” (vv. 8-9) More than: Greek, rather than.
20. “Because we do not have the ability to not speak [of] what we have seen and heard!”
When Efrayimites are asked why we are more orthodox than most of Yehudah, we should not only say, “Because we are simply obeying the Torah”, but unequivocally give credit to Yeshua, who alone taught us how and why.
21. So they threatened them and released them, because they could not find grounds to have them punished on account of the people, because every one was loudly praising Elohim on account of what had been done.
All they could do was try to intimidate them by making themselves look more fearsome than they really were. Their obsession with remaining in power was leverage for the delegates, because they knew that Rome would remove their position from them if they failed to prevent an uprising among the people. But the delegates no longer feared these men, having been eyewitnesses of the resurrection. What did it matter now if they were killed? The context of Psalm 118, quoted above, also says, “YHWH is on my side; I will not fear. What can man do to me?” (v. 6) Punished: or constrained.
22. The man in which this miracle of healing was done had sat [there regularly] for upward of forty years.
Or possibly, was more than forty years old. In either case, he was well-known and unmistakable, and this in itself begged an explanation. The people who saw him beg so many times were glad for him now that he no longer needed to do so. Forty is the number of transition in Scripture, and what a change came over this man!
23. And when they had been released, they came to their brothers and recounted to them all that the priests and elders had said.

24. And they, when they heard, lifted their voices together to Elohim, and said, “Adonai, You are the one [who is] the Elohim who made the heavens and the earth and the seas and everything that is in them!

Adonai: majestic plural of “Master”; Aramaic, Marya’, undoubtedly substituted for YHWH in the later written versions. This is the way a traditional Jewish prayer begins. Jews who knew Yeshua did not forsake the way they had learned to pray corporately.
25. “And You are the one who said on the hands of the spirit of holiness through the mouth of David Your servant, “Why are nations in a commotion, and peoples devising [a plan that is] in vain?

26. “‘The kings of the earth take their stations, and the heavily-honored ones sit together in conclave in regard to YHWH and in regard to His Anointed One.’ [Psalm 2:1-2]

Sit in conclave: or take counsel, from a root meaning to lay a foundation, appoint, ordain, or establish. In other words, they were trying to found a different “house” than the one YHWH was building. Today we see different ideas of how peace on earth will be established: through humanism, which accepts every way as equally valid, though they all contradict one another, or through a rod of iron. The cornerstone YHWH lays is in Tzion (Yeshayahu/Isa. 28:16); His foundation must include the cornerstone, or the building cannot stand. (1 Cor. 3:11)
27. “Because certainly [to that extent] in this [very] city they have congregated in regard to Your set-apart Son Yeshua whom You Yourself anointed—Herodos and Pilatus along with the Gentiles and the congregation of Israel
Herodos and Pilatus: representatives of the “kings of the earth” in his quote from Psalm 2.
28. “to do all that which Your hand and Your will had since ancient times determined should come about.
Again they quote the psalms as their authority to ask YHWH to deal with the crux of issue at hand: the fact that they need boldness to keep dealing with the same type of threats. They do not ask to be spared from further persecution, but they have made bold claims, and ask YHWH not to let their words fall to the ground:
29. “And also and so forth, Adonai, look and see their threats, and grant that Your servants may proclaim Your word with boldness

30. “when extending Your hand for healings and wonders and signs that will be done in the name of Your set-apart Son Yeshua.”

31. And when they had prayed and sought [His] favor, the place where they were assembled was shaken, and they were all filled with the spirit of holiness, and boldly spoke the word of Elohim.

They had been filled once; now they were being filled again, so this was clearly not a one-time event. They had a new task to fulfill. It was much easier to be a witness for Yeshua than to be part of a community. “Spirit” is the same term as “breath”, so it was as if they needed a larger dose of oxygen to get them accustomed to the next level where the air was thinner.
32. And the congregation of people who had believed came to [have] one heart and one spirit, and not one man of them said that the amassed resources that he owned was his own, but rather all that they had came to be [held in] partnership.
Partnership: i.e., in common, as owned by the entire community. This was never directly commanded, but was the natural outflow of the need to assimilate so many from out of the country and confirmed by the fact that they had seen so much miraculous provision. They were already living the Kingdom as already present, never imagining the awful setback on these gains that would take place later and last so long. But we have another open door to pick up where they left off. In fact, Yirmeyahu 31 does prophesy, in the context of asking why we backslide (v. 22), that one day the land of Efrayim (Shomron) will be planted with vines that we will count as common. As we still see today in the stock-vines of Italy, they are prized possessions, very important to those who plant them. Priceless strains are even brought across oceans to start new vineyards with. And wine in Scripture is symbolic of joy. So a sign of the Kingdom is when what we treasure most and what brings us the most joy is held as common. In the Torah, we are told to leave the corners of our vineyards for the stranger (Ex. 23:11), but now the whole vineyard was for whomever needed it, though many of them had only known each other for a few days.
33. And with great power the delegates bore witness about Yeshua the Messiah’s resurrection, and great favor came to be with them all.
In whatever way they could, each added to the well-being and joy of the whole community. Note that the main thrust of their message here was not personal salvation, but the fact of Yeshua’s having overcome death. Thus they were all able to overcome the type of fears Gentiles cringe before (Mat. 6:31-32):
34. And there was not a needy man among them, because those who had become owners of fields and houses were selling them and bringing the proceeds of what had been sold

35. and laying it at the delegates’ feet, and they bestowed on each according to the mouth of his need.

They submitted it to those who knew where the greatest priorities lay, and who could also screen out any who might be tagging along just for the sake of a handout, determining with their wisdom who was most worthy of assistance. Mouth: a Hebraic idiom, but it highlights that the pooling of resources was mainly for the sake of all having enough to eat. The same type of terminology is used here as of the manna in the wilderness (“according to his eating”): what was gathered was pooled and then distributed to each. No one ate until they had prepared for everyone to eat. (Ex. 16:17-18) Those who gathered more did not eat more than they needed, and those who could not gather much still had enough.
36. And to Yoseyf, who was given the honorific title “Bar-naba’”, which is translated, “son of consolation”, a Levite man from the land of Cyprus,
Bar-naba’ is an Aramaic name. Consolation: comfort or encouragement; in Hebrew naba’ means “to be moved by prophetic impulse”. Levite: one who would be honored as nobility in a Hebraic context. He is mentioned here as background to his later role and as a stark contrast to the events in chapter 5.
37. had a field, and he sold it and brought the proceeds and deposited it at the delegates’ feet.
Proceeds: literally, exchange. In this we see a new authority established right under the noses of those who thought they had the right to stop it. Yeshua had prophesied this to those very authorities when He said that YHWH would take the Kingdom from them and give it to a nation that would bring forth its fruit. (Mat. 21:43) This nation—none other than the revival of the true Israel—was being brought right out of that which was then called Israel. Those who did not bear the fruit by caring for one another, YHWH would no longer consider to be Israel. At this point it was still only comprised of Yehudah, but would soon encompass those called out from the other tribes as well.


CHAPTER 5

1. But one man, his name Chananyah, along with his wife, whose name was Shapirah, sold his field
His name means “YHWH has shown favor” or “to whom YHWH has given graciously”; one would expect that he would give freely in return. (Mat. 10:8) Her name means “sapphire”, and tradition says this is the stone that the Torah was carved on. One would expect people with such names to enhance the community.
2. and took some of the price and hid it away, with his wife’s knowledge, and brought some of the money and laid it at the delegates’ feet.
Feet: an idiom for placing it at their disposal. All control over what is done with it is surrendered to them. Took: The Greek version means kept back, withdrew privately, appropriated for one’s own use, embezzled.
3. But Shim’on said to him, “Chananyah, how is this that haSatan fills your heart like this to fabricate a lie for the spirit of being set apart and hide away some of the silver from the sale of the field?
He was assuring his own security at the expense of the community’s. This is one of the things that separates the sheep from the goats. In contrast with the end of the previous chapter, these are the type of people who would be called least in the Kingdom. They were trying to create a nest egg in the other society in case this new community should fall through. They could no longer say, “We’re all in this together.”
4. “Wasn’t it yours before it was sold? And from the time it was sold you had authority over the wealth. Why did you put it in your heart to do this thing? You have not lied to the sons of Adam, but to Elohim!”
Notice that in v. 3 this perverse idea was credited to haSatan, and here it is credited to Chananyah himself. This is because in Hebrew satan simply means “adversary”. Self is the greatest enemy of the one who wants to rise higher and be part of Israel. It was not in itself a sin to not give them all his money. No one said he had to give anything. But the standard for those who did give had already been set; it was to give all. If it is not whole-hearted, YHWH does not want any of it. Lukewarm is only acceptable if that is the only option. Otherwise it only makes Him sick. (Rev. 3:16) He deserves better. Chananyah might as well have gone and lived for self in a more obvious way; why waste anyone’s time? He only stood in the way of those who would be fully committed. So YHWH took him out of the way:
5. And when Chananyah heard these words, he fell down and died, and great fear took hold on all those who heard [it],

6. and the youngest who were among them got up and picked him up, took him out, and buried him.

Youngest: or, smallest, lowest, least valued. They were people who could become ritually defiled by a dead body without as much consequence to the rest of the group, because they were not the ones teaching. It would not affect the others as much if they could not come back into the Temple for seven days. (Num. 19:11)
7. Then, after three hours had passed, his wife also came in, without knowing what had taken place.

8. Shim’on said to her, “Tell me if you sold the field for this price.” And she said, “Yes, for this price.”

They presented a portion of the price as if it were the full price of the sale, probably in order to elevate their reputation and get in on the esteem other donors were receiving. They pretended to be one of the great ones who gave all, on the same level as Bar-Naba’ (4:36-37), when they were not. YHWH gave her the option of making reparation for what her husband had done, but she proved that they had agreed to give the same lie. Lev. 19:11 forbids lying to one another, and Colossians 3:9 reiterates this, saying this is an aspect of the “old self” that we are to take off like a discarded garment.
9. Shim’on told her, “Since you have allied yourselves to test the spirit of the Master, look, the feet of those who buried your husband are at the door, and they will take you out.”
YHWH did not need their money; total commitment was what He was looking for. Clearly, none of us is all the way “there” yet in every area, but the choices we make with what we can do will set the pattern for the direction our lives take. What we trust is what we will serve, and we cannot serve both YHWH and wealth. (Mat. 6:24)
10. And within a moment she fell at their feet and died, and the [choice] young men came in and found her dead, and they hoisted her up and carried her away and buried her near her husband.
These are the same people seen in verse 6, so apparently the “hoisting” was done in such a way as to avoid contact with the corpse.
11. And great fear fell on the whole congregation and on all those who heard [it].
The fear of YHWH is clean. (Psalm 19:9) This demonstration early on showed the direction YHWH did not want His grace to take, and was a deterrent to anyone else who was not whole-hearted. In Psalm 52, lying is contrasted directly with speaking righteously, and says YHWH would remove those who love this lifestyle from the land of the living, causing the righteous, who remain in the House of Elohim, to fear. Their response would be to point out that this was the consequence of trusting wealth rather than YHWH. Could anything better summarize this chapter thus far?
12. And many signs and wonders were done upon the hands of the delegates in the midst of the people, and they all assembled together in Shlomo’s Portico.
Shlomo’s Portico: The easternmost part of Shlomo’s original Temple complex, which had been left intact by the Babylonians and lasted until the time of Agrippa. When the rest of the Temple was deconstructed and rebuilt, it was left as it was due to its antiquity. So it represented the pristine purity of the Temple as the most ancient remaining symbol of the continuity of YHWH’s sanctuary, much like the Western wall of today. Yeshua identified the Temple that was standing in His day with His body, for its physical aspects teach about what His mystical Body is meant to be. So this was the main place His disciples taught. What better place could there be to teach what the Body of Messiah—which the community was becoming—was meant to be like? All the pictures were right there; they did not have to make charts or drawings to explain the structure as we do today. They could point right to them and say, “See that? That is what we are to be like.”
13. And of the other people, not a man dared to bring himself near them, but the people esteemed them as highly prized.
People recognized what YHWH was doing through them, but recognized that they themselves were not ready for such a level of commitment, and so they admired them from a distance.
14. And more were being added who trusted in YHWH—a congregation of [both] men and women--

15. to the point that they brought the infirm out into the streets when they laid them on their sleeping-mats as Shim’on was coming so that even just his shadow might fall on them.

Yeshua said His followers would do greater works than He. (Yoch. 14:12) People had to touch His tzitziyoth to be healed (Mat. 14:36), but here they only had to cross the path of his shadow!
16. And many came to them from other cities that were around Yerushalayim so they could bring them the sick and those with unclean spirits within them, and they were all being re-created.


17. Then the high priest was filled with jealousy, and all those who were with him who were from the party of the Tz’doqim,

Jealousy: because their “clientele” were all leaving them behind for something better. They were teaching a different “life” (v. 20).
18. and they laid their hands on the delegates and held them and confined them in the round-house.
Round-house: a fortified prison, as in Gen. 39:20.
19. But then, at night, a messenger of YHWH opened the gate of the round-house and let them out, and said to them,
Messenger: Like Lot (Gen. 19), they were delivered from an impossible situation by angels.
20. “Go, take your stand in the Temple and tell the people all the words of this life.”
Nothing could stop these people, not even locked prison doors, if YHWH did not want them to. He “set a table for them” in the presence of their enemies. (Psalm 23:5)
21. So they went out with the daybreak and went into the Temple and taught. Now the high priest and those who were with him summoned their associates and the elders of Israel and sent to the round-house to bring the delegates,
Daybreak: when the gates of the Temple complex would first open.
22. but when those deputies they had sent arrived, they did not find them in the round-house, so they went back. And when they arrived,
Deputies: those “from the decree/edict”.
23. they said, “We found the round-house tightly shut and the guards standing by the gates, but when we opened it we didn’t find a man there!”
This was very similar to Yeshua’s resurrection from a guarded tomb, and must have painfully reminded these people who tried not to believe in a resurrection of that event. They were really becoming nervous now:
24. And when the heads of the priests and the Temple overseers heard these words, their [eyes] popped open and they thought, “What is this?!”

25. And a man came and made it known to them, “The men who you confined to the round-house—look! They’re standing in the Temple and teaching the people!”

26. Then the overseers went with the magistrates to bring them—without force, because they were afraid the people might stone them!

Magistrates: literally, writers or engravers.
27. And when they had brought them, they stood them before the whole convocation, and the high priest began to say to them,

28. “Didn’t we strictly command you not to teach a man in this name? Yet, lo and behold, you are filling Yerushalayim with your teaching, and you want to bring this Man’s blood upon us!”

They wanted them silenced, because their own guilt would be too obvious when people knew the facts.
29. Shim’on, along with the delegates, answered and told them, “We need to obey Elohim more than what the sons of Adam [say].
Obey: Aramaic, be persuaded by. This time they do not say, “You be the judge of whether it is right”; by virtue of their bringing up the subject again, they showed that they had already judged their own commands to take precedence over YHWH’s. Compare Psalm 118:8-9, which was quoted in the Temple on numerous liturgical occasions
30. “The Elohim of our ancestors raised up Yeshua, whom you murdered when you hung Him up on a tree.
Hung up: the term implies a slow process of executing someone through exposure.
31. “This one Elohim raised up to [the position of] prince and deliverer, and exalted Him by His right hand so as to grant repentance and forgiveness of sins to Israel.
Israel: not just the Jews, but the Northern Kingdom as well. Note how they describe Him: not as the Creator who had been killed and who resurrected Himself, but rather as one who did not get to His present position on His own, but because YHWH put Him there.
32. “And we are witnesses of these things, as well as the spirit of holiness which Elohim has given to those who have trusted in Him.”
They were essentially saying to these people, “Israel has a king; why are you still making rulings?” As enough people speak of the King who is returning to set up a physical throne, the Kingdom will again run headlong into politics once those in power realize that there position is at stake and try to hold onto it.
33. And when they heard these words, they were inflamed from rage, and had a mind to murder them.
Were inflamed: or, heated, boiling, in ferment.
34. But one of the P’rushim, whose name was Gamli’el, a teacher of the Torah and considered authoritative in the eyes of the people, arose and ordered that they have the delegates go outside for a short while,
Gamli’el means “El is my recompense” or “He is my El also”. He was the grandson of Hillel, one of the two greatest teachers among the P’rushim of all time, whose views become more dominant than those of the other, Shammai, who was much stricter in his interpretation. So when he stood up to speak, the whole room would have gone silent. People said that Hillel’s views were for this age, while Shammai’s were for the age to come, when the Messiah would rule with a rod of iron.
35. and he told them, “Men, sons of Israel, beware for your souls and consider what you need to do to these men,

36. “because prior to this time Thoda arose and said in regard to himself that he was somebody great, and something like 400 men went after him, but he was murdered, and those who followed him were dispersed and became as if they had never been anything.

37. “After him there arose Yehudah the Galilean, in the days when the people were mustered for the tribute per head, and he persuaded many to people to follow him, but he died and all who walked after him were dispersed.

Tribute per head: i.e., the census.
38. “So at this time I tell you, quit bothering these people and let them rest; remain quiet. If this is the invention of the sons of Adam, then it will be frustrated and wither away.

39. “But if this is from Elohim, there is nothing you can put your hand to that can hinder it, lest you be found rising up against Elohim.”

He was not necessarily on their side, for we know that Paul (Sha’ul), who was his student, became one of the Way’s greatest persecutors. But anyone teaching resurrection would tip the scales to the advantage of the P’rushim over the Tz’doqim, so YHWH utilized the political situation to take the heat off his people. But being a teacher of the Torah, Gamli’el would remember Moshe’s response when the people rioted: to fall on their faces and let YHWH’s wrath “blow over”, since it was not him they were really taking issue with, but YHWH.
40. And they listened to him, and summoned the delegates and flogged them, and ordered them not to speak in the name of Yeshua, and released them.
The Tz’doqim would not publicly speak against this respected teacher, though he was of the rival party, because the people respected him so highly. Flogged: or whipped; Greek, beat. They still got their “pot shot” in just to let them know that they were still in charge and so they would feel a taste pf the pain they really wanted to inflict on them.
41. And they went out from before them rejoicing over the fact that they were [counted] worthy to bear disgrace for the sake of the name,
Worthy: or suitable. In their eyes, the very fact that it took place was evidence that they were doing things rightly. They did not even consider another interpretation, possibly because Yeshua had said this would take place, and that it was a mark of being blessed. (Mat. 5:11)
42. and they did not stop teaching every day in the Temple and at home and spreading the glad news about our Master Yeshua the Messiah.
This first persecution did not even make them miss a step.


CHAPTER 6

1. But in those days, while the disciples were increasing [in number], the Hellenistic disciples grumbled about the Hebrews, because their widows were being neglected in the day-to-day support.

Hebrews: either those who spoke Hebrew as opposed to Greek as their first language, owing to having been born in the Land, or those more in line with Hebraic culture. We know that thus far they were all Jews, but that many spoke the native languages of the places to which they had moved (chapter 2). Though they were not pagans, their lifestyle would undoubtedly have assimilated to some extent to that of the rest of the Mediterranean world, where the lingua franca was Greek, and where Greek culture had permeated much more fully than in Judea, which deliberately tried harder to avoid such influence. Those who had managed to keep their language and culture purer may have been guilty of unintentionally despising these disadvantaged believers, and so the latter may have been looking for any excuse to find a complaint against them. Support: or aid; Greek, serving. At least part of what the delegates used the money laid at their feet for was to support those who had no means of supporting themselves. This was a legitimate concern; every time YHWH addresses justice, He seems to begin with the widows and orphans—those who are truly needy, having no covering of a household. They were carrying on the Torah’s requirement that provision be made for them. This involved the equivalent of “soup kitchens”:
2. So the twelve delegates summoned the whole congregation of the disciples and told them, “It is not appropriate that we abandon the word of Elohim and serve tables.
All of the burdens should not fall on a few. The original twelve could not stop teaching—a job only they were qualified to do at this point—to take on a task it would seem anyone could do—that this was a case of “the dead burying their dead”. Yet this was not exactly accurate either:
3. “Therefore, my brothers, search hard and choose from among yourselves seven men about whom there is testimony and who are filled with the spirit of YHWH and wisdom, and we will appoint them over this matter,
Yourselves: that is, from among the Hellenists, so their particular issues would be properly understood. Also, those who raised the issue were given the responsibility of doing something about it. They would have actually been overseeing the table service rather than carrying it out themselves, but turning someone from a complainer into a servant does the entire community a service. As we likewise return from being assimilated among the nations, we will be less likely to “worship” the Jews (bowing to their authority in areas where they have exalted tradition over Scripture) if we take up the responsibility to provide for the needy among Efrayim rather than considering ourselves to still be of lower status when YHWH has made promises to us as well.
4. “so we can continue in prayer and attending to the Word.”
Prayer: not hiding away in their own closets like monks, because the Greek term actually means leading a prayer service, i.e., presiding over a liturgical prayer, and teaching others to pray as Yeshua had. (See 4:24ff for an example. Yeshua had told them to teach repentance, so they used the Torah to do so rather than the traditions of men.)
5. And this word was found [to be] pleasing in the eyes of all the people, so they chose Stefanos, a man full of trust and the spirit of holiness, and Filippos, Prokhoros, Nikanor, Timona, Parmena, and Nikolaos, a proselyte from Antiokhea.
Stefanos: This Greek name means crown or garland such as worn by emperors or winners of athletic contests. It also encompasses the crown of thorns made for Yeshua at His crucifixion. Filippos means “one who likes horses”. Prokhoros means “(leader) over the dance”. Nikanor means “conqueror”. Timona means “honorable”. Parmena means “remaining near”. Nikolaos means “who vanquishes the people” or “the people’s victor”.
6. These were stood before the delegates, and when they had prayed, they laid their hands on them.
Laid their hands on: “conferring the duties and privileges of their office”. (Stern)
7. So the Word of Elohim was hedged about, and the number of disciples in Yerushalayim [became] very great, and many from the Yehudim became obedient to the firmness.
Yehudim: thus in the Aramaic Peshitta, but the Greek text has “priests”. If that is the correct reading, it may be that they had been moved to jealousy by these Greek-speaking Jews who were doing their job of providing for widows. It may be that the Tz’doqim were not interested in allowing Greek-speakers to partake of the Levitical storehouses. Firmness: or faith, trust, faithfulness. Those who did not believe in the resurrection were now changing their minds, for while they may not have seen directly someone rise from the dead, they were witnessing a resurrection of what Israel used to be, as these believers set aside their own agendas and served one another. When we keep kosher and follow Torah, the Jews today also take notice and ask us why we are doing what we do not need to do. But the Torah does not say that; their tradition does. When we live by the standards YHWH set, it provokes them to jealousy, and is meant to be a catalyst to unite the two Houses of Israel under one King. Christians also will be moved to jealousy as we become what these ancient people were, and the Torah is lived out in front of them instead of just being about “those people back then”, and they may find their true calling as Israel rather than an extra-scriptural entity called the “church”.

8. And Stefanos came to be filled with kindness and valor, and carried out signs and miraculous proofs among the people.
“The people” here mainly seem to be limited to those who spoke Greek, who could not properly understand everything in Hebrew, and thus the apostles had translated for them in chapter 2. Now Stefanos seems to be carrying what he has learned from them in the Temple out into the streets. Teaching in Greek would not have been tolerated in the Temple. The events that followed suggest that he might have prematurely gone out into the lions’ den where the apostles, who were more respected by the people than these “outsiders”, could not defend him. But he kept the fresh teaching flowing and gave what he had; no one could accuse him saying, “You should have been a teacher by now” as Paul later said of some. But we could speculate that he might have fared better if the Greek-speaking community of believers had not remained a separate subgroup, though they did need some time to transition into full use of Hebrew, and the enemy took advantage of this lag time:
9. But there arose some men from the Synagogue which is called that of the Libertines—Kurenes as well as Alexandrians and those from Kilikia and Asiya, and were debating with Stefanos,
Libertines: or, freedmen. Philo explains that they were Jews who had been captured and enslaved by the Romans, then freed, as Pompey later did in 63 C.E. to a greater degree. But they were already in existence in substantial numbers. Stern speculates that some may have been proselytes, whose zeal often exceeds that of those born with the same position they have entered by means of many sacrifices. Kurenes: inhabitants of the large and flourishing city of Libya Kurenaika (also called Pentapolitana), about 11 miles (17 km) from the sea in north Africa west of Egypt. Ptolemy I had brought a large number of Jews there, and invested them with the right of citizens. Alexandrians: from the most important city of Egypt in that period, which again had a large expatriate Jewish population. Kilikia: a maritime province in the southeast of Asia Minor, bordering on Pamphylia in the west, Lukaonia and Kappadokia to the north, and Syria on the east. Its capital, Tarsus, was the birthplace of Paul. Asiya: or Asia, but this was then the name for western Turkey, not the huge continent to the east of Israel. The Libertines walked according to Torah, but, like the Hellenistic believers in Yeshua, were still considered of lower status than those born and raised in Israel. Therefore, they were in a sense competing for the same audience as Stefanos—the Greek-speaking Jews who wanted to live by the Torah.
10. but they could not stand in opposition to the wisdom and the spirit with which he spoke.

11. At that time they sent [some] men and secretly induced them to say, “We heard him saying insulting things about Moshe and about Elohim!”

12. And they stirred up the people as well as the elders and scribes, and they came in and rose up against him and seized him and brought him to the midst of the assembly,

The Libertines were looking for a way to raise their status in the Torah-observant community. Since the Temple leaders were already looking for a weak link by which to attack the believers in Yeshua, they found it in one who was not as well-respected by the Jewish community at large, which in fact would be glad to see one of these outsiders discredited in order to strengthen their advantage. His weaker position in society gave them their excuse to persecute. HaSatan prowls around like a lion seeking someone to devour. (1 Keyfa 5:8) Lions, like Amaleq, pick out the weakest prey. (Deut. 25:17-18) The very one who had been fortifying the weak spot (the widows, keeping them attached to Yeshua’s community where they could be strong), was now a scapegoat because those who might stand up for the delegates were not going to stick their necks out for him. The fickle will of the people, which had served to their advantage during the initial season, now tilted to the other side as the delicate political situation wavered under a new factor. Yeshua had said they would drag us before courts (Luqa 21:12ff), for the powers that be will never be friendly toward those who walk in belief in YHWH’s true power; they will only temporarily tolerate them when it is to their advantage. Thus Yeshua told us to look beyond the cross he promised we would have to carry, to the Kingdom that lies beyond it.
13. and brought forward false witnesses who said, “This man does not stop saying things in opposition to the Torah and against this holy place,
How ironic that it is the Torah itself that forbids bringing false witness against one of the same flock! This is exactly what Yizevel did to Naboth. (1 Kings 21)
14. “because we have heard him say that this Yeshua, the Notzri, would tear down this place, and change the customs that Moshe transmitted to you!”
Transmitted: delivered, handed over; Greek, handed down. To you: they appeal to the people’s sense of ownership of these practices, but ironically do not include themselves as among the owners! They misquote something Yeshua had said, for He had said “this temple” in reference to His body, not the buildings they were among (Yoch. 2:19-22). They then jump to a false conclusion. Yes, the believers in Yeshua would change some customs, but not the ones Moshe had given; they wrongly credited some of their own traditions to Moshe—a common practice still today among Rabbinic scholars. When Yeshua said, “You have heard it said…but I say to you…” (Mat. 5-7), He did not contradict anything in the Torah, but put it on firmer footing, and this is all Stefanos was doing, as he would prove by his forthcoming answer. To you: the Levites, from whom the priests and scribes would come. But were they thus excluding themselves from obligation?
15. But all who sat on the Sanhedrin looked intently at him, and perceived his face [to be] like the face of an angel.
Angel: or simply, messenger, for which of them had seen an angel? His face may have shone like the messenger Moshe’s had (though he may not have known it), giving a vivid indication of his innocence.


CHAPTER 7

1. And the high priest asked him, “Are these things so?”

2. So he said, “Men! Our brothers and our fathers, listen! The Elohim of authority was manifested to our ancestor Avraham while he was in Aram of the Two Rivers before he came into Charan to sojourn,

Aram of the Two Rivers: that is, Mesopotamia. Stefanos is answering the charges brought in 6:13-14, and will address most of their accusations directly and one indirectly.
3. “and said to him, ‘Leave your country and the sons of your clan, and go to the Land that I will show you.’

4. “Then Avraham went out from the land of the Khasdim and came and sojourned in Charan, and from there, after the death of his father, Elohim had him cross over to this Land in which you dwell today.

Dwell: the same root word as sojourn, hinting at the fact that though it was their own Land, they still lived there as outsiders since another nation was occupying it. After the death of his father: According to Genesis 11:26-32, Avram was born when his father Terakh was 70 years of age, and his father did not die until he was 205, that is, when Avram was 135 years old--well after he entered Kanaan at age 75 years old (Gen. 12:4). David Stern points out that the Samaritan text of the Torah says Terakh died at the age of 145. Philo, an Alexandrian Jew who was Stefanos’ contemporary, in De Migratione Abrahami, also says Avraham left Charan after his father’s death. Stefanos may be alluding to this partly to show his familiarity with the various versions to demonstrate that he, too, was a learned scholar, or making the point that his audience has changed the Torah just as the copyist of one of these versions had to have done.
5. “But He gave him no property there—not even [enough space for a] foot [to] tread! But He gave him [a promise to] trust that He would give it to him to pass on as an inheritance for himself and for his seed, when he did not yet have a son.

6. “And Elohim spoke to him by telling him, ‘Your seed will become a sojourner in a foreign land (and they will enslave and mistreat them) four hundred years.

The four hundred years of being foreigners in a land not their own would include the time of slavery, but the slavery would not last the entire time.
7. “‘But the nation that enslaves it, I [Myself] will judge,’ said Elohim. ‘And afterward they will indeed come out and serve Me in this place.’
I will judge: Heb., adon, a homophone with the word for “Master” which is often applied to YHWH.
8. “Then He gave him the covenant of circumcision. Then he begot Yitzhaq and circumcised him on the eighth day. Then Yitzhaq fathered Yaaqov, and Yaaqov fathered our twelve ancestors.

9. “And they, our ancestors, were jealous of Yoseyf, and sold him to Egypt, but Elohim was with him

He is drawing a subtle parallel with those to whom he is speaking, who treated Yeshua in a similar way.
10. “and rescued him from his afflictions, and gave him favor and wisdom before Pharaoh, king of Egypt, and he appointed him overseer above Egypt and over his whole household.

11. “Then there was a famine and great distress in all of Egypt and in the Land of Kanaan, and our ancestors had no satisfying food.

12. “So when Yaaqov heard that there was produce in Egypt, he sent our ancestors the first [time],

13. “and when they went for the second time, Yoseyf made himself known to his brothers, and Yoseyf’s lineage became known to Pharaoh.

14. “Then Yoseyf sent and had his father Yaaqov and his whole family come, and they were seventy-five souls by count.

Seventy-five: Genesis 46:27 and Exodus 1:5 say there were seventy. But the Greek Septuagint (LXX), with which Stefanos, being a Greek-speaker, was probably more conversant, does say 75, and in Gen. 46:20 names three grandsons and two great-grandsons of Yoseyf which the more commonly-used Masoretic text does not include. So though Stefanos may not have chosen the most accurate record, he is not simply forgetful of details. It should be noted that some details were deliberately changed in the LXX so that Alexander the Great, who desired all the knowledge of the nations he conquered, could not have the fullness of the Torah in a language other than Hebrew.
15. “So Yaaqov came down to Mitzrayim and died there—he and our fathers--
Down: that is, away from the Land of Israel, which is always described as higher than any place one could go from there.
16. “and he was brought over to Sh’khem and was laid to rest in the burial-place that Avraham had bought with silver from the sons of Chamor.
Sh’khem: another apparent inaccuracy on Stefanos’ part, for the grave where Yaaqov was buried and which Avraham purchased was at Hevron. (Gen. 23:19) He may be alluding to the extra “portion” of land (Heb.,shakhem) that Yaaqov had deeded to Yoseyf. (Gen. 48:22) Yaaqov is the one who had bought land in Sh’khem from the sons of Chamor. (Gen. 33:19) Yoseyf was the one buried in Sh’khem. (Y’hoshua 24:32) But again, the Samaritan text of the Torah places the patriarchs’ burial site in Sh’khem, which is where Sanballat had built a replica of the Temple in Yerushalayim and emplaced his own son-in-law (mentioned in Nekhemyah 13:28) as high priest there. It became the center of Samaritan worship thereafter, explaining why they would alter this text in their tradition, why Sanballat opposed the reconstruction of the Yerushalayim Temple, and why Jews hated Samaritans (Shomronites) as alluded to in Yochanan chapter 4. By this time also, Herod had already built the great edifice that still stands over the Cave of Makhpelah and is the best extant example of the type of architecture he utilized in his additions to the Temple complex. Many of those to whom Stefanos was speaking would probably have visited this site. Stefanos may be deliberately bringing up points of contention because the whole reason for their argument was contention over the way things are viewed.
17. “And when the appointed time had arrived which Elohim had guaranteed to Avraham with an oath, the people had grown numerous and mighty in Egypt,
Guaranteed: literally, caused to trust, secured.
18. “until there arose another king over Egypt who did not know Yoseyf,
He would have been from another dynasty that conquered and took over Egypt.
19. “and he dealt craftily with our family and mistreated our ancestors and commanded that our nursing infants be cast away so that they would not survive.

20. “At that time Moshe was born, and he was loved by Elohim, and he grew up for three months in his father’s household,

21. “but when he was sent away upon his mother’s hands, Pharaoh’s daughter found him, and she raised him for herself as a son.

22. “And Moshe was well-taught in all the wisdom of Egypt, and he became established in his words as well as his deeds.

23. “And when he had reached forty years of age, it ascended upon his heart to visit his relatives, the descendants of Israel.

24. “But when he saw one of the sons of his people being driven by force, he avenged him and carried out justice and killed the Egyptian assailant.

Avenged: Greek, defended.
25. “Now he thought his brothers, the descendants of Israel, would discern that Elohim would grant them deliverance by his hand, but they did not understand.
Stefanos again subtly makes the point that those before whom he was speaking had treated Yeshua in exactly the same way, and that he was surprised by their inability to recognize what to him was obvious. Moshe thought his high position would automatically fit him to be the liberator of his people, and he apparently had a strong sense of calling already, but he had to be trained as a shepherd for forty years before he could effectively lead this particular people. It was not until his second appearance that his kinsmen would recognize his authority—again, a picture of Yeshua.
26. “Then the next day he was seen by them when they were quarreling one with another, and he persistently urged them to get hold of themselves, by saying, ‘Men! You are brothers! Why are you hitting each other?’

27. “But the one who had struck his associate pushed him away and said to him, ‘Who made you a ruler and judge over us?

28. “‘Are you who are speaking [going] to kill me as you killed the Egyptian yesterday?!’

29. “So Moshe fled in haste since this word had gotten around, and he sojourned in the land of Midyan, and had two sons [there].

30. “Then when he had completed forty years there, the messenger of YHWH appeared to him in the wilderness of Mount Sinai in a fire that burned in the [thorn] bush.

The Torah does not specifically state that an angel was involved here as a mediator between YHWH and Moshe, but the apocryphal Book of Jubilees (1:27, 29; 2:1) does say “the angel of the Presence” was the one who spoke to Moshe at Sinai.
31. “And when Moshe saw it, he was inwardly amazed, and when he came close to look, YHWH spoke to him with a voice:
This was not a commonplace thing, even in his day!
32. “‘I am the Elohim of your ancestors—the Elohim of Avraham, Yitzhaq, and Yaaqov!” And Moshe became seized with terror and was not able to look at the spectacle [for long].

33. “Then YHWH said to him, ‘Take your shoes off your feet, because the ground on which you are standing is set apart.

34. “‘I have indeed seen the affliction of My people who are in Egypt and I have hear their groaning, and I have come down to take them out. And now I am sending you to Egypt!’

35. “This Moshe, whom they denied, saying, ‘Who made you ruler or judge over us?’—Elohim sent him as ruler and redeemer through the hands of the messenger that appeared to him in the bush.

36. “He was the one who brought them out through deeds, signs, miracles, and wonders in the land of Egypt, at the Reed Sea, and in the wilderness for forty years.

37. “This is the Moshe who said to the descendants of Israel, ‘YHWH Elohim will raise up for you a prophet like me from the innermost part of your brothers; you must listen to him [and obey]!’

The earlier generation had refused to honor the one YHWH had sent, and Stefanos is making this point about his audience, who had refused to honor Yeshua.
38. “He is the one who was in the congregation in the wilderness with the messenger who spoke with him and with our ancestors at Mount Sinai, and he is the one who received the living words to give to us.
Living words: This should leave no question in the hearers’ minds about his position on Moshe or the Torah. (Refer to 6:13-14.)
39. “But our ancestors did not want to listen to him; these forsook him and in their hearts turned [back] to Egypt

40. “when they said to Aharon, ‘Make us elohim that can walk in front of us, because this Moshe, who brought us out of Egypt, we don’t know what has become of him!’

41. “So he made them a calf in these days, and slaughtered sacrifices to things that were nothing, and celebrated the work of their own hands.

42. “But Elohim turned and handed them over to serve the armies of the heavens, as [it is] written in the scroll of the prophets: ‘Is it true that for forty years in the wilderness you brought drawing-near offerings or slaughters to me, O sons of Israel?

Scroll of the prophets: The twelve “minor prophets” comprise one book in Jewish thought. The particular passage he refers to is in Amos 5:25-27, and in the Greek version of this chapter he follows the text of the LXX except for a few changes in word order.
43. “‘Rather, you carried the dwelling place of ‘Milkom’ and the star of the mighty one ‘Refan’, images that you made to worship. I will banish you and remove you to Bavel and beyond!’
Milkom means “their king” and Refan (Rhaifan in Greek and Rhemphan in the LXX) means “the great healer”. The Hebrew text has Kiyyun (”the firmly-established pillar”). The LXX says “made for yourselves to worship”. Bavel: as per the Aramaic text; Greek, Babylon. The LXX has Damascus (Damasek), following the Masoretic text in Hebrew. “Beyond Damasek” is where Bavel lies. Stern suggests that Stefanos is using a midrash here to make the point that if his present listeners continue to resist what YHWH has done through Yeshua, they will be carried even further into exile than the last time, which indeed turned out to be the case.
44. “Look here! The dwelling place of the testimony of our fathers was in the wilderness, just as the One speaking to Moshe commanded [him] to make it according to the model that He had shown him.

45. “And as for this dwelling place, our ancestors indeed brought it in with Y’hoshua to the Land which Elohim had given them as an inheritance [to take] from the nations that He would drive out from before their faces, and it was led about until the days of David,

46. “who found favor in the eyes of Elohim and sought to find a dwelling place for the Elohim of Yaaqov,

47. “but Shlomo built Him a house.

48. “Now for the Most High there is no dwelling in works of hands, as the prophets said,

49. “‘The heavens are My throne, and the earth is a footstool beneath My feet; what kind of house could you build for Me?,’ declares YHWH. ‘Or in what kind of place would I rest?’ [Yesh. 46:1-2]

50. “‘Hasn’t My hand made all these [things]?’

Stefanos answers the charge that he is saying things against the Temple by saying, “This is what I really said.” But he may not have chosen his words very wisely. He quotes Shlomoh, but by insinuating that the Temple was not really YHWH’s idea (while the Tabernacle was), it almost sounds like he is doing exactly what they accused him of in 6:13. He may be ignoring the fact that YHWH honored David’s wish to have a fixed house built for His worship, so the existence of a Temple is not in opposition to the Torah. In fact, He even gave David the pattern and David built a model of it for Shlomoh to work from. But the highest leaders of Israel were trying to maintain their position, which rests in the institution of the Temple, and thus they were over-emphasizing something YHWH had never actually commanded. By reminding them that it was not Moshe who commanded that there should be a Temple, he exposes the fact that they were wrongly appealing to Moshe’s name to protect their own interests. They knew he was right, but was this battle really necessary at this time in history? Was it worth endangering his life?
51. “Alas, you [who are] stiff-necked and uncircumcised of heart and ear! You always rise up against the spirit of being holy; you are just like your ancestors!
Stiff-necked: a term YHWH and Moshe used for Israel when conversing back and forth about them. (Ex. 32:9; 33:3, 5; 34:9; Deut. 9:6, 13)
52. “Because which of the prophets did your ancestors not persecute or murder, who showed from the beginning about the coming of the righteous one whom you handed over and murdered!

53. “Though you received the Torah through the oversight of messengers, you did not guard it!”

Messengers: Stern points out that the phrase eshdat lamo (“a fiery law for them”) in Deut. 33:2 is translated in the LXX as “His angels”, and Rashi says the “holy myriads” referred to in the same verse were angels. You did not guard it: This is what insults them the most and turns their hearts fully against Stefanos. They know the Torah, he says, but have neglected its true meaning by forcing it to say whatever they want it to say. What difference should it make to them that Yeshua should change the customs (which were not actually handed down all the way from Moshe, but from more recent interpreters), if they themselves were changing the Torah itself?

54. And when they heard these words, they were filled with rage in their hearts, and they ground their teeth over him.
Filled with rage: Aramaic; the Greek says “cut to the hearts” or “sawn asunder”, a similar phrase used in 2:37, where the effect was completely the opposite. While those Keyfa had spoken to were not the perpetrators of the murder of Yeshua, these men were, and Psalm 69:26-27 prophesies that those who continue to mistreat the one YHWH has wounded (Yeshayahu 53:10) are to have iniquity added to their iniquity so they will never be able to repent. Ground (or gnashed) their teeth: Yeshua said this would be done by evil servants (Mat. 22:48-51) who offend and practice lawlessness (Mat. 13:41-42, 49-50), while they watched many whom they considered “outsiders” enjoying the very same privileges in the age to come that they had expected to enjoy. (Luqa 13:28; Mat. 8:12)
55. But he, coming to be filled with confidence and the spirit of being set-apart, gazed into the heavens and saw the weightiness of Elohim and Yeshua standing at the right hand of Elohim,

56. and he said, “Look! I see the heavens opened up and the Son of Adam standing at the right hand of Elohim!”

This is an allusion to Dani’el 7:13. Standing: In Ephesians 1:20, He is described as having sat down at YHWH’s right hand after being raised from the dead, emphasizing the position of authority given to Him as under-regent. But now He stands, as if to honor His martyr and encourage him to remain faithful to the end. In Psalm 110, Yeshua is told to sit at YHWH’s right hand until His enemies are made a footstool for His feet. That He now stands suggests that some aspect of this promise has already been fulfilled through Stefanos’ actions and words. Standing at one’s right hand also denotes assistance. (Psalm 109:6. 31) In any case, he is seeing ahead into the Kingdom and sees that the one whom they rejected is indeed the king, so they are wrong!
57. But they cried out [together] with a loud voice and stopped their ears, and all of them stormed upon him violently.
Loud: Aramaic, resounding. Stopped their ears: He may have actually said “YHWH Elohim”, for using the sacred Name was the only “crime” that the Romans allowed the Jews to execute someone for, and appears to have been the turning point in Yeshua’s trial, where Yeshua makes a very similar statement and the text uses a euphemism for the Name. (Luqa 22:67-70)
58. And seizing him and taking him to the outside of the city, they stoned him. And those who were witnesses about him laid their outer garments at the feet of a certain young man who was called Sha’ul.
Stoned: one of the most common Hebrew forms of execution. The usual process was to throw him off a cliff at least the height of two men to knock one unconscious, and if he did not die, they would drop a stone on his chest, then, if still necessary, continue to pelt him with stones until he was dead and buried under them. (Mishnah Sanhedrin 6:4 on Deut. 17:7) Tradition says it was the very hill of Gulgol’thah, in front of which Yeshua was crucified, from which they threw Stefanos. The outer garment is where one is to put his tzitziyoth as a reminder to keep YHWH’s commandments. (Num. 15:38-39) Since he had said nothing worthy of death , it is significant that they laid aside these garments, for it symbolized the fact that they had to abandon the commandments to carry out this decision made during a fit of rage. The Hebrew term for “outer garment” also denotes a cloak of deceit, and indeed these honored men who appeared dignified above all others showed their true colors when pressed to acknowledge the truth. Stern brings out another interesting possibility: The Talmud (Sanhedrin 42b) says that the common practice was for a man to stand at the entrance to the court within sight of the stoning site with a sudarin to signal them to stop the stoning if someone still had something to say in his favor. Joseph Shulam noted that sudar in later Hebrew can also mean “coat”, and speculates that the Greek translator from an original Hebrew text that might have used this term, not understanding the context, said “laid their coats” when in fact it might have been meant to indicate that they had appointed Sha’ul to this post as the one who held the sudar. Verse 60 and 26:10 strongly suggest that Sha’ul was a member of the Sanhedrin at this time. It seems the main reason for including the story of Stefanos is to introduce us to Sha’ul.
59. And they were stoning Stefanos as he was making his request—that is, he said, “Our Master Yeshua, receive my spirit!’
This is nearly the same as what Yeshua had said to His Father when He was about to die (Luqa 23:46), and now Stefanos sees Yeshua as the mediator, the first step in the Father’s receiving his spirit.
60. And when he had bowed onto his knees, he cried out with a loud voice and said, “Our Master, do not fasten this sin onto them!” And as he said, he fell asleep. And Sha’ul was pleased with and participated in his murder.
Again he echoes what Yeshua said at the time of His death. (Luqa 23:34) Luqa, who recorded both of these sayings of Yeshua, would have been especially attentive to this parallel.


CHAPTER 8

1. [2 in Aramaic] And on that day there came to be a great persecution of the congregation at Yerushalayim, and they were all scattered throughout the towns of Yehudah and among the Shomronites, outside of the Delegates alone.
Shomronites: better known today as the Samaritans. The Delegates remained in contact with those who had been scattered. (v. 14) But they had a calling to fulfill in Yerushalayim, so YHWH gave them enough favor in the eyes of the other Yehudim to allow them to stay there. This was a political, not religious, persecution. The balance of power was upset, and if they did not keep the peace, the Romans, who had given them their positions, would rescind them. So they try to get rid of the political liability.
2. And confident men took Stefanos away and buried him, and mourned very much over him,
Confident: or faithful, believing, devout.
3. while Sha’ul persecuted the congregation of Elohim when he entered houses and was snatching away men and women and delivering them over to the round-house.
Snatching: or, dragging; the Hebrew word, garar, is onomatopoetic for such a grating sound as being dragged away. Round-house: again, a fortified prison. Though he was a P’rush, Sha’ul would ingratiate himself to the Tzadoqim who were in power if he were to carry out this “dirty work” that would achieve their very goals.
4. But those who were scattered went around and proclaimed the word of Elohim.
Thus they were hurled rather suddenly into the second and third stages of the plan Yeshua had laid out in 1:8—from Yerushalayim to “all Yehudah and Shomron”. YHWH made it abundantly clear that it was time to get on with this part of the task. He used a man who was zealous for the faith as he had been taught it and who also had political ambition to give them a push as Pharaoh had driven Israel out of Egypt, since it is Israel’s tendency not to move until we have to. But they did not hide; they took Stefanos’ murder as a challenge and only stepped up their activity, saying in essence, “You pushed us out, so we will take the message everywhere we go! We will not shut up. If you kill us, we will only become stronger!” Unlike the last time part of Israel was scattered, these believers were not willing to forget about the Kingdom just because of some opposition.
5. And Filippos went down to a city belonging to the Shomronites and made proclamation to them about the Messiah.
Filippos: one of the Hellenistic Jewish counterparts of Stefanos (6:5). This was not as large a step for him as it would have been for one of the native-born Jews. (Yoch. 4:9)
6. And when they had heard his message, the people who were there were attentive to him and consented to all that he said, because they saw the signs that he carried out,
Were attentive: literally, pricked up (their ears). They, too, were a people awaiting the Messiah. They were a “special case” in that they were Gentiles (having been brought in by Assyria to replace the exiled Israelites after 722 B.C.E.) but were Torah-observant to some extent, though they had some points of doctrine wrong. (They had been threatened by wild beasts, and, assuming they had offended the local deity, requested that priests be sent back to teach them His ways, as told in 2 Kings 17:24-35.) YHWH honored their misguided attempts by sending them the fuller truth at this point.
7. because many who were held captive by unclean spirits clamored with a loud voice when they came out of them, and others who were paralyzed and lame were healed,
Paralyzed: from a word meaning “held still”, as rendered in Hebrew.
8. and great joy came to that city.
Aramaic, and there was great cheering in that city. Was this the same city Yeshua had gone to in Yochanan 4, preparing the way for these messengers? He’d told them it was time to worship not just in spirit but in truth, or, better rendered, what is firm and real. The Kingdom is still hidden, but it is not just a spiritual belief we can hold without it affecting our practical lives; since His visit, the groundwork had been laid for that kingdom to become physically tangible as well.
9. There was one man there whose name was Sim’on, who had stayed within that city for a long time, and when he practiced his sorceries there he was leading the Shomronite people astray while he made himself exalted, and he was saying, “I am great!”
Sim’on: Even in the Aramaic and Hebrew versions where Shim’on Keyfa’s name is spelled according to the original Hebrew pronunciation (v. 14ff), his name is spelled with a different initial letter, indicating that this may have been the Samaritan pronunciation as well as the Greek. Exalted: in a fraudulent and pretentious manner. I am great: Aramaic, I am the rabbi; Greek, claiming himself to be some great one.
10. And everyone, great and small, inclined after him, and they said, “This one is the great force of Elohim!”
Great force: Stern suggests that this was one of the levels in a spiritual hierarchy in their version of Gnosticism. He was crediting his power to Elohim, not to himself, yet was a charlatan like many “faith-healers” today.
11. And they had been listening to him, because for a long time he had been astonishing them with his sorceries.

12. But when they believed Filippos who brought the glad news of the Kingdom of Elohim in the name of our master Yeshua the Messiah, men and women were being immersed.

Immersed: An extra-biblical practice (for the Torah only specifies that those who are ritually unclean need to “wash” themselves with water) but one that was widely practice by many stripes of Jews from the P’rushim to the Essenes, and approved by Yeshua (most notably in Mat. 3:15) and even practiced by Him. It is a ritual that makes the statement, “I wish to ascend to the next level of being set apart.” It is as much a witness to oneself as to those around him, for self is what makes us unclean. It is a vivid picture of dying to self and being “born again”, awakened by the water to a heightened sense of being fresh and new. They were not contradicting the Torah, so what was the “news” in their message? That the Messiah had conquered death and the Davidic throne again had a rightful heir after 600 years of vacancy. This “baptism” was a declaration that they recognized this king and were now His subjects, and that they would honor no other king as their own. “We are that kingdom, and we will do what it takes to bring it about. We have no allegiance to Rome or anyone it places in power; there is a real king now!” This is why others were concerned enough to persecute them, because they realized that their own illegitimate power was now on shaky ground. Now the Shomronites, too, were recognizing the cracks in their own system, and despite their long-time animosity with the Jews, were saying, “We now recognize the Davidic throne and will be loyal to it.”
13. And even he, Sim’on, believed and was immersed and joined himself to Filippos as he saw the
The one who amazed others with his tricks (v. 11) knew that the power this man walked in was more real than the sources he had tapped into. Filippos was not exalting himself, but putting everyone’s focus on the Kingdom that his signs were merely meant to herald. Why do we not see such powerful signs now? Partly because we are not yet as committed as they, and partly because it is not the season for them yet. When we have burned all bridges of dependency on other things besides Him, we will see His power.

14. Now when the Delegates who were in Yerushalayim heard that the Shomronite people had received the word of Elohim, they sent Shim’on Keyfa and Yochanan to them.

15. When they came down, they prayed over them that they might receive the spirit of holiness,

Spirit of holiness: can also be rendered “wind [from] the Holy Place” in the Temple, that is, a breath sent back from the Kingdom that it represents as a place of laboring for YHWH.
16. because it had not yet come upon one of them; they had only been immersed in the name of our master Yeshua.
They had changed citizenship, but still did not have the power to follow through; they have the firm truth but not the spirit. So YHWH now gives them something that can rewire our inclinations from selfish to selfless in a way that the other kingdom of which they had been a part had no power to do, despite its superior military strength.
17. Then they leaned their hands on them, and they received the spirit of being set apart.

18. Now when Sim’on saw that [it was] by the laying on of hands [that] the Delegates delivered the spirit of being set apart, he offered them silver,

19. and said, “Give me this leaning too, so that whoever I lean hands on will receive the spirit of being set apart!”

20. But Shim’on Keyfa said to him, “May your money go with you to the great destruction, because you thought that the gift of Elohim could be bought with the product of the earth!

Bought: or acquired; the word for product here is a related term.
21. “You have no share-holding—not even a portion [assigned by lot]--in this faith, because your heart is not sincere before Elohim.
Sincere: straight, unbent, level, direct, upright. Portion: the idea may be “not even a chance” (like the casting of the lot), as anti-YHWH as the concept of chance is. Faith: or firm reality, i.e., “you have no part in this Kingdom”.
22. “Yet, repent from this evil of yours, and seek from Elohim; maybe He will forgive the mischief of your heart for you,
Mischief: or, lewdness, crime, apostasy.
23. “because I see that you have been found in bitterness of wormwood and in the fetters of perversion!”
He had been bound by the poison that comes from holding onto a hurt suffered even though the perpetrator has refused to repent and no more can be done about it. That obsession keeps our eyes on self and prevents us from fully receiving the Kingdom. We cannot give ourselves completely if we keep part hidden behind a tough callous. Even if we have been burned by authorities in the past, it does not mean we can refuse the authority YHWH is setting in place once again in Israel. If we nurture the grudge, we are the ones that lose. This brother to depression is the ultimate selfishness. Filippos saw it, for it shows up in the light of YHWH’s presence. When Filippos began to correct Sim’on, it was the last thing he wanted, for we tend to take comfort in feeling sorry for ourselves if we have been hurt. This would have shown up on his face. YHWH apparently did give him that open door to repent, whatever that would require of him, for though he wanted to have whatever it would take to make him a be a “star”, he very quickly lowers himself and recognizes that he is not even worthy to speak, let alone garner a following.
24. Sim’on answered and said, “Seek on my behalf from Elohim that not [one] word of these things that you have said will come upon me!”

25. And after they had given witness before them and taught the Word of Elohim, Shim’on and Yochanan headed back for Yerushalayim, and announced the glad news to many villages of the Shomronites.

26. But a messenger of YHWH spoke with Filippos and told him, “Get up [and change your course]; walk southward along the wilderness highway that goes down from Yerushalayim to ‘Azzah.

‘Azzah: called Gaza today because of the Greek rendering of the guttural beginning of the word. Wilderness: Greek, deserted. He had an important appointment:
27. So he got up and went, and met up with an officer of the court who came from Kush--a royal minister having great authority [under] Qandaq the queen of the Ethiopians, who was in charge over her whole treasury [and] who had come to worship in Yerushalayim,
Officer of the court: often rendered “eunuch”, and sometimes validly so in both Hebrew and Greek, but eunuchs were not allowed to worship in the Temple. (Deut. 23:1) Quite often court officers, especially those in charge of watching over the king’s harems, were indeed made eunuchs, and thus the word came to be a synonym for any court officer. To worship: or to do homage. By tradition, King Shlomo (Solomon) married the Queen of Sheba and their son became the patriarch of the royal Ethiopian dynasty, which continued to do homage to Yerushalayim even after there was no longer an earthly king there. This dynasty, which was already quite ancient in Filippos’ day, lasted until 1974—nearly 3,000 years! So this man either had Jewish lineage or was a proselyte.
28. and when he had turned to embark on [his] journey, he was sitting in [his] chariot and reading in Yeshayahu the prophet.

29. And the Spirit told Filippos, “Approach and join yourself to this chariot.”

Join yourself to: Greek, keep company with.
30. So, when he had approached, Filippos heard him reading in the prophet Yeshayahu, and said, “So do you understand what you are reading?”
When he had approached: Greek, running to it. Do we understand what we are reading? The things that seem straightforward at face value in the “New Testament” end up contradicting the Torah until we have enough intimate knowledge of the Torah to look at it from a Hebraic perspective. When we know enough about the history and the layout of the Temple to know what it meant to go to Yerushalayim to worship, the pieces fall into place much better than when we approach it from a 21st-century perspective strongly colored by Greek thought. The more we live like our ancestors did, the more we can approach the text as Hebrews.
31. And he said, “How can I understand unless [some] man instructs me?” And he asked Filippos to come up and sit with him.

32, 33. The section of Scripture in which he was reading was this:

“He was conducted along like a lamb to the slaughter, and just as a ewe is put to silence before her shearers, He too will not open His mouth”

when he is laid low. “He was taken away from restraint and from due process, and who can tell of His generation? Because they took His life from the earth.” [Yeshayahu 53:7-8]
When he is laid low: Greek, in his humiliation. This explanatory phrase does not appear in the Masoretic text, but is present in the Greek LXX instead of the phrase “from restraint”, but the Aramaic Peshitta includes all three phrases here. Who can tell of: the Masoretic text has “who can ponder…?” His generation: The Aramaic has “his struggle” (as translated by Lamsa). He had no progeny, being killed before he could have children, but verse 11 of the same chapter says, “He will see his seed” and will be satisfied. They took His life from the earth: the Heb. Masoretic text reads, He was severed from the land of life.
34. And the officer said to Filippos, “I [respectfully] ask from you, about whom is this prophet speaking—about himself or about another man?”
Note his courtly manner of speaking.
35. Then Filippos opened his mouth and began from this Scripture and proclaimed to him the glad news about our master Yeshua.
Began: or, let loose. The message flowed out freely. The great news is that another descendant of David is back to claim His throne, and He is the “other man” it is speaking of.
36. And as they traveled along the road, they came upon a certain place where there was water. So the official said, “Here is water! What is keeping me back from being immersed?”
He is saying that he wants to join the new Kingdom, no matter whether this would allow him to ever go back to Ethiopia or not. As a highly-placed official, he knew the significance of loyalty to a sovereign.
37. [Filippos said, “If you believe with your whole heart, you are free (to do so).” And he answered and said, “I believe that Yeshua the Messiah is the son of Elohim!”]
Verse 37 does not appear in the Aramaic, so no teaching that depends on this verse alone can be counted on. But “Son of Elohim” is an ancient title for the king who sits on the throne of David and Shlomo. (Psalm 2:7)
38. So he commanded the chariot to be held back, and both of them went down to the water, and Filippos immersed the officer.
Immersed: not pushing him under the water in the Mithraic fashion so common today, but acting as witness while the officer immersed himself, to verify that his entire body and all his hair went under the water. If even a hair or a fingertip is left in the other kingdom, it will come back to haunt us and will harm those with whom we are associated. Filippos himself did not necessarily go into the water.
39. And as they came up from the water, the spirit of YHWH seized Filippos, and the official did not see him any longer, and this one went on his way rejoicing.
Spirit: or wind. Filippos ended up about ten miles off the road he had been traveling on:
40. But Filippos was found in Ashdod, and from there he went around proclaiming the glad news in all the cities until he arrived at Caesarea.
Was found: Stern renders it, showed up. Ashdod: one of the principal coastal cities in the ancient Philistine territory. Caesarea (Herod’s capital, where the Roman procurators resided, with one of the world’s finest harbors at that time) is some 45 miles north of Ashdod. Some of the cities he would have passed through were Yamnia (later the main center for Rabbinic study), Yafo (Joppa), and Apollonia (apparently a Gentile or Hellenistic colony) on his way. Much of this area was again in the territory of the Shomronites, but riots between Jews and Gentiles here would begin the Great Revolt against Rome in 66 C.E., so there were substantial Jewish communities in each as well.

The well-preserved outdoor theatre at Caesarea (pronounced "Kye-SAR-ya")







CHAPTER 9

1. But Sha’ul continued to be full of threat and murderous rage against the students of our Master.
Full of threat (or menace): Greek, breathing out threats—a colorful description by Luqa. Why was Sha’ul so angry? Probably because he has heard the truth many times, but does not want to accept it, yet he knows he cannot win the argument. He did not even take his teacher Gamli’el’s advice to let the movement die out on its own. He knows that if he were to admit the truth, he would lose the position and power that he had spent his entire lifetime earning. He therefore tries to win a fight instead. The number of believers in Yeshua is growing so fast and he cannot counter the teachings, so he resorts to intimidation and violence.
2. And he [ardently] requested letters from the high priest to give them to the synagogue at Dameseq, that if men or women should be found who walk in this “Way”, he could tie them up and bring them to Yerushalayim.
Letters: Stern points out that Sha’ul would have to cross two borders to extradite them, and that though he had no real political power, the high priest was well-enough respected by Jews living outside the Land to grant him cooperation from the Jewish community in Dameseq. Women: Apparently they too were having a significant enough impact on Jewish society to warrant Sha’ul’s attention. This Way: Yeshua called Himself “the Way” in Yochanan 14:6; the term also simply means “lifestyle” or “path”.
3. But as he walked and began to reach Dameseq, suddenly a light from the heavens shined over him,

4. and he fell to the ground and heard a voice speaking to him: “Sha’ul, Sha’ul, why are you persecuting Me?

Sha’ul’s own accounts of this incident (22:5-16 and 26:13-18) add several details, but none of them mentions him falling off a horse, a tradition that probably stems from popular illustrations alone! This is the only recorded time that Yeshua takes anyone by storm rather than persuading him by logic and testimony, but it has occurred in other extra-biblical cases.
5. “It is a [severe] difficulty for you to kick against the cattle-prods!” And he said, “Who are you, my master?” And our Master answered, “I am Yeshua the Notzri, whom you are persecuting!
Kicking against the cattle-prods: in Greek the term specifies ones made of iron. It is interesting that the Hebrew word for “teach” means to prod or goad with a pointed stick. Yeshua will rule with a rod of iron. (Psalm 2:9; Rev. 2:27; 12:5; 19:15) But this is also an idiom for futile resistance. Difficulty: it will require a harsh, punishing, heavy, laborious effort, and even then it cannot be successful. Yeshua’s reign will come no matter what Sha’ul does, so he might as well surrender and be part of it. My master: in Greek it could be read simply as “sir”, which, when compared with the response in verse 10 by one who recognized the Shepherd’s voice, could be somewhat less respectful. He had done nothing personally against Yeshua, whom he might never have even seen in the flesh, but by treating Yeshua’s “Body” this way, he had to be affecting its Head.
6. “But get up, enter into the city, and there it will be discussed with you concerning what should be done about you.”
The Greek adds: “Master, what do You want me to do?” before the first phrase. Why would YHWH not just kill him and get him out of the way, as He did with Chananyah and Shapira? Because Sha’ul’s zeal, determination, and Torah expertise were useful to Him. He has proven he is someone who will respond with fervor beyond his contemporaries; he is just listening to the wrong voice. Being on the counsil, he had to have been aware of all the miracles and signs that were proving Yeshua’s disciples right, but he was still running from reality. Since he would not choose the right way, YHWH took the choice away from him. He loved him enough to push him onto the right path.
7. And the men who were walking with him on the way stood [there] awestruck, because they had heard only the sound, yet no man appeared to them.
Walking with him: It was dangerous to travel alone in those days, as seen in the parable of the Samaritan. Yeshua sent His disciples out at least in pairs. (Compare Qoheleth/Eccles. 4:9.) Sound: Sha’ul says in 26:14-15 that the voice was in Hebrew, which is probably why they heard a sound, but not an intelligible voice (22:9), if they were Greek-speakers accompanying him (suggested by v. 29 below).
8. When Sha’ul got up off the ground, nothing was visible to him despite the fact that his eyes were open!

9. And he could not see for three days, and he did not eat or drink [anything].

Esther fasted for three days to prepare for a dangerous approach to the king. There were three days of darkness in Egypt. Yonah was in the darkness of the fish’s belly for three days, and Yeshua was in the dark grave for three days. Israel had to purify themselves for three days prior to receiving the Torah at Sinai. Y’hoshua told Israel to do the same three days before crossing the Yarden River. The butler and baker in prison with Yoseyf had to wait three days for their dreams to be fulfilled. So three days seems to be the right amount of time to wait while preparing for something dreadfully momentous, as a time of cleansing for body, mind, and spirit. This “Way” interrupts, divides, and sets us apart from whatever holds us in bondage. He was stopped in his tracks; he could not do anything toward his goals. Being unable to see, he would inevitably have time to think about times the Torah uses sight and blindness figuratively. Deut. 16:19 speaks about how a bribe blinds the wise and perverts the words of the righteous. Sha’ul was benefiting financially from his religious zeal, and this had to have been his reason for resisting. Deut. 27:18 also warns us not to make the blind wander off the path, and by resisting Yeshua’s followers, he would keep the Northern Kingdom blind and prevent them from returning to Torah—a realization he makes clear in Rom. 11:25, where he speaks of another temporary blinding tha he himself was instrumental in bringing to an end. Part of maturing is getting to the point where we do not need to be blinded, but surrender much more quickly to the obvious truth.
10. In her—in Dameseq—there was one disciple whose name was Chananyah, and the Master said to him in a vision, “Chananyah!” And he said, “Here I am, Master!”

11. Then our Master told him, “Get up! Go to a street that is called the straight one, and look in the house of Yehudah for a Sha’ul who is from the city of Tarsos, because look, while he was praying,

House of Yehudah: probably an idiom for a synagogue—a natural place to go to fast and pray and study the torah scrolls to see what YHWH was trying to tell him. Straight: or level. Tarsos: a port of about half a million along the Kydnos River on the Kilikian plain, 10 miles (16 km.) from the southern coast of what is today Turkey, not far from where the coast bends southward to form the Levant. A highway went north from there to an important pass through the Taurus Mountains, some 50 miles north of the city. Dr. E.M. Blaiklock, Professor of Classics at the University of Auckland, notes that the city was colonized by Greeks after having been ruled by the Persians. The region of Kilikia bordered on Syria but was largely autonomous by this time, and possibly since the time of the Maccabees a large and tight Jewish enclave had formed there, though since the time Pompey settled there, they often enjoyed Roman citizenship, as was the case for Sha’ul. Both Roman and Greek influence were strong but somewhat repelled by more oriental leanings the century before this, though the Romans used the area to patrol the coast for pirates to protect their inland interests here. Growing up in this context shaped who Sha’ul was. Playing his Roman citizen “card” seemed a matter of pride and dignity to him, but would end up getting him in more trouble than was necessary.
12. “he saw in a vision a man name Chananyah coming in to lay hands on him in order that his eyes might be given their sight.”

13. But Chananyah said, “Master, I have heard about this Sha’ul from many [people]—how many evils he is bringing upon your set-apart ones in Yerushalayim!

14. “And look! Now he even has support from the head priests to restrain any who proclaim Your Name!”

15. The Master said to him, “Get up; go, because he is a chosen vessel for Me, to lift up My Name for Gentiles and for kings and among the descendants of Israel--

Descendants of Israel: specifically those who were not Yehudah, having kept this name after the kingdom divided and Yehudah became a separate realm.
16. “because I will show him how ready he is to bear a burden for My Name!”
Sha’ul was apparently proud of his zeal and how much he was willing to suffer for YHWH’s sake. Well, now this would be tested to the limit. On the other hand, YHWH was showing him how beneficial his Torah knowledge really was beneficial, though the burden (the way of walking out one’s interpretation of the Torah) he had chosen was not as light as Yeshua’s. (Mat. 11:28-30) A burden is also the Torah’s way of describing the duties of those who serve YHWH full-time in the Temple. (Num. 4:15, 31, 32, 47, 49)
17. Then Chananyah went to him at the house and laid hands on him, and told him, “Sha’ul, my brother, our Master Yeshua who appeared to you on the road as you were coming—He has sent me for the purpose of restoring sight to your eyes and fill you with the spirit of holiness.”

18. And in him, in an instant, something like scales fell from his eyes, and his eyes received sight, and he got up and he was immersed.

19. And he accepted food and was strengthened, but for some days he was apart from the disciples who were at Dameseq.

20. Then immediately he was proclaiming in the synagogues of the Jews about Yeshua, that He is the son of Elohim!

Son of Elohim: a particular title for the king of all Israel who sits on David’s throne. (Psalm 2:7 et al)
21. And all who heard him were amazed at him, and said, “Isn’t he the one who persecuted any who called on this Name in Yerushalayim? And look! He had been sent here on account of this in order to tie them up and lead them before the head priests!

22. “However, Sha’ul has again strengthened himself further, and shaken the Jewish expatriates in Dameseq when he has proven that he is the Messiah!”

Strengthened himself: or, tightened his grip—i.e., distinguished himself.

23. And when he extended his days there, the Jews formed a plot in regard to him—to kill him.

24. But the plot that they were seeking to perpetrate against him became known to Sha’ul. While in vain they watched the gates of the city day and night to kill him,

25. at that time the disciples put him in a basket and lowered him from the [city] wall by night!

They got this idea from what Rahav did for the two spies in Y’rikho. (Y’hoshua 2:15)
26. When he went to Yerushalayim, he wanted to join himself to the disciples, but they were all afraid of him and not believing that he was a disciple.
When he went: according to Sha’ul’s own account in Galatians 1 and 2, he did not go there until he had spent three years in Arabia. Join: Aramaic, follow along; the Hebrew word used is based on the word for “tear away”, and since it is reflexive, it would suggest separating from what he used to be in order to be separated unto them. They obviously had reason to be suspicious, considering how recently he had been trying to kill them, but there was a brave soul willing to believe that YHWH had done a miracle yet again:
27. But Bar-Naba’ took him and brought him in to the Delegates and recounted to them how he had seen the Master on the way, and how He had spoken to him, and how in Dameseq he had spoken openly in the name of Yeshua.
Sha’ul says he only met (at least to any significant degree) with Shim’on Keyfa and Yaaqov, the brother of Yeshua (who had risen to prominence by that time), and that for only about two weeks (Gal. 1:18-19) Butthey approved the message he planned to take to the Gentiles. (Gal. 2:9).
28. So he came in and went out with them in Yerushalayim, and spoke openly in the name of Yeshua.

29. And he argued with the Jews who knew Greek, despite the fact that they wanted to kill him.

Who knew Greek: Apparently either his Hebrew was poor or this was simply the only community of Jews in Yerushalayim who would give him a hearing, other than the Delegates of Yeshua.
30. Now when the brothers knew this, they brought him into Caesarea by night, and from there they sent him off to Tarsos.
They apparently recognized better than he the danger he was getting himself into. They let Bar-Naba’ accompany him (Gal. 2:9). Paul refers to this time in Kilikia in Gal. 1:21. He did not return to Yerushalayim again for fourteen years. (Gal. 2:1)
31. However, for the congregation in all of Judea, in the Galil, and in Shomron, there came to be peace, and she established and walked in the fear of Elohim, and abounded in the consolation of the spirit of holiness.
Stern suggests that it was because wherever Sha’ul went he tended to stir up trouble, no matter which side he was on, and they thought it best for him to go back to his hometown (v. 11) so that his spiritual life could grow to match his zeal. No one was persecuting them now, and we know that the emperors Nero and Claudius included the believers in Yeshua in the same protection they offered to Judaism as a “legitimate religion”.
32. And as Shim’on was going around among the cities, he also went down to the set-apart ones who were sojourning in the city of Lod,
Lod: A few miles inland from coastal Yafo, very close to where the Ben-Guryon Airport is located today. He was teaching those who were dispersed from Yerushalayim, assuring that things were being done in the proper order. It was not a new religion that was being established, as apopular misinterpretation says, but the much more ancient rule of Torah that was being restored after so many centuries in which those who knew the Torah walked in tradition instead.
33. and encountered one man whose name was Aniyas, who was being transported on a stretcher, and had been paralyzed for eight years.
A possible meaning for the name Aniyas (Aineas in Greek) is “laudable”. Stretcher: a litter or simply a pad.
34. And Shim’on said to him, “Aniyas, Yeshua the Messiah is healing you! Get up and put your stretcher in order.” And he got up instantly.

35. And all those sojourning in Lod and the Sharon saw him and turned to Elohim.

The Sharon: the whole coastal plain.

36. There was a female disciple in the city of Yafo whose name was T’vitha. This [woman] was rich in beneficial actions and in the righteousness by which she worked.
Yafo: the seacoast city from which Yonah had embarked on his voyage to avoid Nin’weh and through which the Ayalon River used to flow, allowing the cedars of Levanon to be taken by ship much closer to Yerushalayim. Today it is an artists’ colony on the outskirts of Tel Aviv. The Greek version adds that Tavitha’s name translates as “gazelle”. The fact that this appears only in Greek and not in Aramaic, in which it is unnecessary, points to the fact that the Semitic version(s) predated the Greek.
37. However, she became ill and died within a matter of days, and they washed her [body] and placed her in an upper room.

38. When the disciples heard that Shim’on could be found in the city of Lod, which is near Yafo, they sent three men to him to plead with him that he would not refuse to come to them.

39. So Shim’on got up and went with them, and when he arrived, he went up to the upper room, and all the widows gathered and stood around him, and they cried and showed him the shirts and upper garments that T’vitha had given them while she was alive.

40. But Shim’on took all the people outside, then bent down on his knees and prayed. Then he turned toward the corpse and said, “T’vitha, get up!” And she opened her eyes and when she saw Shim’on, she sat up.

41. And he extended his hand and raised her up, and called to the holy ones and the widows and delivered her to them alive.

42. And this matter became known throughout the whole city, and and many put their confidence in our Master.

43. And he was in Yafo not a few days, as he stayed in the home of Shim’on the [leather] tanner.

He may have been there, in an undesirable place, to get away for some rest and refreshment.

CHAPTER 10

1. Now in Caesarea there was a certain man, Kornelios by name, a centurion from what was called the Italian Detachment,

Caesarea (pronounced Kaisaria): King Herod’s showcase city on the Mediterranean coast, the Roman capital of the province of Judea. It boasted a deep, dredged harbor with a lighthouse, a hippodrome, and a theatre that was so well-preserved that with minimal restoration has again become acoustically fit for outdoor concerts. Kornelios’ name in Latin means “of a horn”. Interestingly, Rome, for which he works, is related to the “horn” by which Dani’el (7:20) describes the counterfeit Messiah of the latter days. It is actually related to the Hebrew word for horn, keren, as well! Centurion: a leader of a company of 100 soldiers. In the Hebrew translation from Aramaic, he is referred to as a “ruler of a hundred”, which is one of the levels of leadership mandated for Israel. (Ex. 18:21) So he has the right idea but is working for the wrong nation. He is a picture of the Northern Kingdom today—having some authority but in the wrong context. Detachment: specifically, one part of a legion.
2. [one who was] devout and a fearer of Elohim along with his entire household, who made many charitable donations to the People and was constantly making petitions to YHWH.
Devout: or dedicated. This is the first characteristic by which he is introduced. He prays when it is time to pray (v. 3), and is faithful to what he knows, but is still looking for something more. A fearer of Elohim: a particular designation for a non-Jew who attached himself to Judaism but chose not to undergo formal conversion. They are known in Judaism as “proselytes of the gate”, i.e., they were inside (worshipping one Elohim) but stayed “at the gates” rather than coming all the way into circumcision and public immersion. (Stern) The People: a specialized usage understood to refer to the Jews. He is showing kindness to “the least of these [Yeshua’s] brothers”. He is thus already serving Yeshua without realizing it, and so is rewarded (v. 4) with further light:
3. Around the ninth hour of the day, in a vision he plainly saw a messenger coming toward him, and saying to him, “Kornelios!”
Ninth hour: halfway between noon (the sixth hour) and dusk (the twelfth), one of the three daily times of prayer practiced by many, based on the times of oblation in the Temple. Note that the time is not as precise as in western thought. But he is lining his life up with the ebb and flow of YHWH’s sanctuary. Plainly: Aramaic, in sight as a face, openly.
4. And as he was looking intently at him, he began to be terrified, and said, “What is it, master?” And the messenger told him, “Your prayers and your donations [to the poor] have risen up to [be] remembered in the presence of YHWH.
Risen up: mounted or stacked up, perhaps due to their large quantity as well as sincerity. He has been storing up treasures in heaven (Mat. 6:20) Just as the cup of sin can reach its fullness (Gen. 15:16), one’s cup of righteousness can fill up. Kornelios had filled up a storehouse, and will receive heavenly dividends—not financial, but he is blessed with a message that brought him closer to YHWH, which was his goal anyway. He is already seeking first the Kingdom, so now the Kingdom seeks him out.
5. “So now, send [some] men to the city of Yafo and have them bring Shim’on who is [also] called Keyfa.

Yafo: a Mediterranean coast city just south of present-day Tel Aviv, from which the prophet Yonah sailed when trying to escape YHWH’s order to call Nin’veh to repentance. Thus the city was already tied to YHWH’s concern for the nations. It is about 30 miles south of Caesarea. Keyfa: Petros in Greek; both mean “a small stone”.
6. “This [man] is a guest in the house of Shim’on the tanner, by the sea. [He will tell you what you have to do.]”
The phrase in brackets appears in the Greek text, but not the Aramaic. The house was by the sea for a breeze because of the stench of dog manure used for tannic acid in the tanning process. Tanners would have been the only Israelites who owned dogs.
7. As the angel who [was] speaking to Kornelios departed, he called two of his domestic servants and a soldier who feared Elohim [from among] those continually waiting on him,
Waiting on him: Aramaic, obeying him. They are former pagans who now worship YHWH, not Zeus, etc., but have not embraced the Torah in its fullness.
8. and having recounted all [these] things to them, he dispatched them to Yafo.

9. Now the next day, as they were traveling and getting close to the city, Shim’on went up onto the housetop to offer prayers near the sixth hour.

Sixth hour: noon, the second time of daily prayer.
10. Then he became very hungry, and wanted to take some food. But while they were preparing [some], a trance came over him.
Trance: a waking glimpse into another dimension; literally, an ecstasy; Aramaic, an amazement or astonishment.
11. And he perceived the sky being split open and, coming down over him, a certain container like a large sheet tied at the four corners, and being let down to the ground from the sky,
Sky split open: compare Yeshayahu 64:1. Container: This term is often used in Greek as a metaphor for the human body; Aramaic, garment. Sheet: The term is also used for a fine linen shirt or undergarment, which hints at the priestly garments (2 Chron. 5:12 et al) and the white garment of Messiah’s righteous bride. (Rev. 3:4-5; 7:13) Tied at the four corners: as with tzitziyoth, the fringes prescribed in Numbers 15:38-39 to remind us to keep YHWH’s commandments. It symbolizes the descendants of Israel that were scattered to the four corners of the earth now being brought back as promised (Yeshayahu 11:12), again to be bearers of His Torah. The ground: alt., the earth, or, especially, the Land (a bordered country)—a bride in white linen and tzitziyoth (symbolizing that she keeps the commandments) being brought back to the Land of Israel.
12. in which there were coming forth all the four-footed beasts of the earth, as well as the wild animals, the reptiles, and the birds of the air.
These symbolize Gentiles, who love to make images of all these creatures, and become like what they worship. (Psalm 115:1-8; 135:15-18; Rom. 1:18ff. The latter speaks of those who suppress the truth, indicating that they once knew it, i.e., departed from the covenant. Indeed, Hoshea 2:18, in the very context of their return from living like Gentiles to being His people again, says YHWH would place the Northern Kingdom in particular in the position of a covenant with these very types of animals. Since they then intermingled, these “Gentiles” would actually include descendants of the Northern Kingdom.)
13. And a voice came to him: “Shim’on! Get up, slaughter and eat!”

14. But Shim’on said, “By no means, sir, because I have never eaten anything that is defiled or unclean!”

Defiled or unclean: according to the kosher laws (regarding what is acceptable to eat) laid out in Leviticus 11.
15. Then for the second time a voice came to him: “Do not consider what YHWH has cleansed to be defiled.”

16. This occurred three times, then the container was taken back up into the sky.

17. Then as Shim’on was perplexed within himself, [at a loss] as to what this vision that he had seen might mean, just then the men who had been sent by Kornelios (having asked around for Shim’on’s house), were standing at the gate of the courtyard

Perplexed: The meaning was not self-evident, contrary to the popular interpretation that this vision gave blanket permission to literally eat beasts that YHWH had told Israel were not to be considered food for us. Keyfa is undoubtedly hearing and smelling the tanner’s dogs all around him when three men come to the door who seem to fit in the same category figuratively:
18. and calling out there and asking whether Shim’on, who was [also] called Keyfa, was being lodged there.

19. Now as Shim’on was deliberating [in himself] about the vision, the Spirit told him, “Look! Three men are looking for you,

Men: Avi Ben Mordechai points out that in first-century Jewish usage, this would refer only to Israelites; others were known as the kinds of animals seen in Keyfa’s vision. (See v. 28.) The Talmud says those who do not keep Torah are animals. “Dogs” was a particular epithet used of Gentiles (compare Mat. 15:22-28)—an extreme measure because it was also a term for male homosexual prostitutes in pagan temples, so the two were counted as equivalent. Y’hezq’el 34:30-31 in particular identifies this term “men” with the House of Israel, the Northern Kingdom that was now beginning to return, in part through these very men!
20. “so stand up, go down, and accompany them [on their] journey without any hesitation, because I have sent them.”
Hesitation: Aramaic, doubt.
21. So Shim’on went down to the men who were sent to him by Kornelios, and said, “Here, I am the one you are looking for; what is the reason for which you have come [here]?” 22. So they said, “A righteous man [named] Kornelios, a centurion who fears Elohim as witnessed by all the Jewish people, was instructed by a holy angel to send for you [to be brought] to his house and to hear from you what you have to say.”

23. So calling them inside, he provided them with lodging, then the next day Keyfa went with them, and some of the brothers from Yafo accompanied him.

24. The following day, they arrived in Caesarea, and Kornelios was waiting for them, having called together his relatives and closest associates.

Closest associates: literally, friends he could not do without. Clearly his messengers beat the apostle back to Caesarea, because he had time to gather everyone who mattered most to him and was prepared to receive him. He was already an evangelist!
25. As Shim’on was coming in, Kornelios met him, falling down at his feet and was [beginning to] bow prostrate.
How did he know which of the men was Shim’on? He may have been the same centurion whose son Yeshua healed in Kfar Nahum. (Mat. 8:5-13) He would have seen him with Yeshua there in Shim’on’s home town. Other hints to this effect are that he is familiar with the taboo on Jews entering Gentiles’ houses (v. 28; the centurion in Kfar Nahum knew he was not worthy to have Yeshua enter his home), he was familiar with Yeshua’s ministry in Galil (v. 37), and he may have been included in the “we” of v. 39. At that time, Yeshua did not tell him He was the Messiah, because it was not the right season. But he started serving Israel because this Jew helped him, and Keyfa undoubtedly brightened up when he recognized who had sent for him.
26. But Shim’on raised them up, saying, “Stand up! I myself am a man [just] the same [as you].”
Shim’on was not used to being bowed down to, and thought he was worshipping him. He may have been echoing Kornelios’ own words, “I, too, am a man under authority.” (Mat. 8:9)
27. And as he was talking with him, he went inside and found many who had assembled there.

28. So he told them, “You are aware of how it is taboo for a man—a Jew—to be associated with or [even] come close to someone from another race. However, YHWH has shown me that I should never affirm a person [as] defiled or unclean.

Taboo: contrary to established custom, against standard practice, not considered proper, contrary to cultural norms (Stern); this was not contrary to YHWH’s actual instruction, but was an added fence built to keep one from even coming close to breaking a commandment. It began with noble intentions (prohibiting a repeat of the humiliation by Antiochus Epiphanes (as written in 1 Maccabees) , but ended up going beyond YHWH’s intent, and thus had to be corrected. (Eph. 2:14.) But this type of added distinctions persisted in rabbinic Judaism, constituting much of the Mishnah’s tractate Avodah Zarah, which details the ways one must limit contact with Gentiles—not eating their bread or drinking their wine or milk, not doing business with them when they are on the way to an idolatrous festival, etc. Ohalot 18:7 specifically states that “the dwelling-places of Gentiles (literally, Kanaanites, i.e., the Gentiles living in the Land of Israel) are ritually unclean.” The “18 Edicts” also supported this viewpoint. It was therefore “against the law” in that day, though not against Torah, and one could be hauled before the council for doing so. Another race: just as accurately, “a different tribe”. Undoubtedly most of the “proselytes of the gate” were actually returnees from the “lost tribes”, who, like those today who are returning in the same way, realized that they were not meant to become Yehudah, yet knew they had to be connected to Israel. Affirm: i.e., assume by prejudicial means, and speak of him as such. YHWH has shown me: What follows is the only point the vision was intended to make. It cannot be misconstrued to mean YHWH was rescinding His eternal commandments.
29. “Because of this, I indeed came without misgivings when I was sent for. Consequently I am asking, what is the reason you sent for me?”

30. So Kornelios said, “Since four days ago until this [very] hour I have been fasting. When, at the ninth hour I was offering prayers in my house, then, lo and behold, a man in brilliant, transparent clothing stood in front of me

Brilliant, transparent clothing: Aramaic, wearing white.
31. “and said, ‘Kornelios, your prayer has been heard, and your donations are remembered in the presence of YHWH.

32. “‘So send [men] into Yafo, and summon Shim’on, who is [also] known as Keyfa; this [man] is a guest in the home of Shim’on, a tanner, by the sea. After he comes, he will tell you [what he has to say].’

33. “So I sent for you immediately, and you have been so beneficent as to show up. So now, here we all are—ready in the sight of Elohim to hear everything that is being assigned to you by Elohim.”


34. Shim’on therefore opened his mouth and said, “I am truly catching for myself [the point] that Elohim is not one who accepts outward appearances,

Not one who accepts outward appearances: Aramaic, does not reject by the face. Contrary to later Christian assumption which overlooked this verse, the point Keyfa got from the vision and what followed on its heels was not that it was now acceptable to eat what is not kosher (a contradiction in terms, since kosher means “acceptable”!), but that in order to determine who the lost sheep of the House of Israel (the target audience to whom he had been sent) are, there has to be more interaction with Gentiles than the rabbinic authorities would allow for. (Compare 15:20ff.) This became Keyfa’s practice. (Gal. 2:12) Keyfa realized he could not recognize who was an Israelite by their clothing or haircut, for these men undoubtedly looked very Roman. The fence had been built because Jews had usually been dragged down by such interaction, but because of the factor of Yeshua, they now had the upper hand spiritually so they could pull others out of the quicksand.
35. “but among any ethnicity the one who fears Him and carries out what is right is granted access to Him.
Ethnicity: also just as accurate to translate “tribe”, i.e., any of the twelve tribes of Israel, though others who have no genetic connection have always been permitted to join the people of Israel and may not be reminded that they were ever anything else. Carries out what is right: that is, does acts of righteousness.
36. “The [embodiment of the] message that He sent to the descendants of Israel, proclaiming the glad news of peace through Yeshua the Messiah (who is possessor of everything)--
Peace: includes the idea of national unity; Aramaic, shalom (total well-being) and quiet.
37. “you are familiar with the matter that was carried out publicly throughout all of Judea, beginning from the Galil after the immersion that Yochanan heralded:

38. “Yeshua, the one from Natzereth—how Elohim anointed Him with the Spirit of Holiness and with capability, who passed through, bestowing benefits and making whole all who were subjugated by the Slanderer, because Elohim was with Him.

With Him: or, behind Him (i.e., empowering what He was doing). Subjugated by the Slanderer: Aramaic, oppressed (or harmed) by evil.
39. “We indeed are [eye]witnesses of all that He did, both in the Land of the Jews and in Yerushalayim, whom they did away with, suspending Him on a beam.

40. “Elohim recalled that one [to life] on the third day and allowed Him to be seen openly in public [as evidence],

41. “not to the whole populace, but to witnesses who were hand-picked in advance by Elohim—to us, the ones who ate and drank with Him after He rose from [being] dead.

42. “He also gave us orders to proclaim to the populace and to earnestly testify [to the fact] that He is the one who was appointed under Elohim to be the judge of the living and the dead.

Note Yeshua’s position under the authority of the One who had raised Him (v. 40); he did not derive this authority from Himself. (Yoch. 5:30, 43)
43. “To this one all the prophets give testimony that through His Name, anyone who has confidence in Him [is] to receive release from the penalty of wandering from the [right] path.”
What the prophets give testimony to is a descendant of David reigning over both Houses of Israel again. The penalty of wandering: One had to be on the right path once to wander off it. Hebrews 9:15 makes it clear that those the renewed covenant chiefly addresses are those who transgressed the earlier covenant, that is, the descendants of Israel. (v. 36)
44. While Shim’on was still speaking these words, the Spirit of Holiness rushed down upon all the ones listening to the message.
They were counted as clean vessels ready to pour through. Holiness: being set apart unto YHWH and Israel—i.e., making the Kingdom a priority, a very unnatural action especially for one with much worldly prestige. Keyfa was sent to tell him how to come the rest of the way—by recognizing Yeshua as king. This would, of course, affect his loyalty to Rome and probably the high esteem in which many Jews held him as well.
45. Then the faithful from among the circumcision, all who had accompanied Shim’on, were thrown into amazement, because the gift of the Spirit of Holiness was distributed upon the Gentiles as well,
Everyone who was lost to Israel can come back if they make the Kingdom a priority, even if they were not yet circumcised. Acceptance into the community of Yeshua before circumcision became an issue later, as seen in this book and in Galatians, but YHWH placed His seal of approval on this order rather than the opposite, though of course they would not be permitted certain privileges such as partaking in the Passover lamb until they were circumcised.
46. since they heard them speaking [other] languages and declaring Elohim’s greatness. Then Shim’on remarked [in reference to this],
Heard: Apparently they understood enough of them to know these were real human languages, not the “tongues of angels”. These men were already proclaiming the same glad news to others.
47. “Can anyone withhold water so that these [men] may not be immersed who have also received the Spirit of Holiness just as we did?”

48. So He ordered them to be immersed in the Name of Yeshua the Messiah. Then they begged him to remain [for] a few days.

In the Name: not a proselyte immersion of conversion to Judaism, but they were indeed changing their citizenship from Rome to Israel and therefore could not continue in Rome’s orbit very long. For a few days: Aramaic, toward day (i.e., until the next day). They wanted more insight into how to stop living like Romans and how to live like the Israelite subjects of Yeshua they had now publicly proclaimed that they were.



CHAPTER 11

1. Now the Delegated Envoys and the brothers who were throughout Judea heard that the Gentiles had also received the word of Elohim
Gentiles: or “nations”, but this did not mean entire nations were coming into Covenant with YHWH. These are descendants of the House of Efrayim, which mixed itself with the nations. (Hos. 7:8) YHWH used this means to bring salvation to the many nations where they were still exiled.
2. and when Shim’on went up to Yerushalayim, those from the circumcision set themselves at variance toward him,
The circumcision: Sometimes a description of the Jews in general, and later used by Sha’ul while he was still somewhat of an independent maverick who did not have adequate respect for the authorities Yeshua had set in place (Gal. 2:12; Titus 1:10) to designate a particular party that insisted that Gentiles joining the Messianic community had to be circumcised before being fully welcomed, rather than first understanding “what they were signing” before they received the sign of the covenant. (15:5; 21:20) The group he discusses was led by Yaaqov, so it is clearly the same group led by the apostles here. They should not be taken as arrogant as Christians often do, because they were simply the ones who already had the sign of the covenant on them. According to the Mishnah, this was an issue that had long been a matter of debate among the P’rushim, and the latter school was the one that won out, as is seen by common practice in rabbinic Judaism today. Never at issue was whether converts would be circumcised (that is Torah), only when they would be circumcised. The issue had never come up among the believers in Messiah until this event. Y’hezq’el (Ezek.) 44:9 tells us that no son of a foreigner who was not circumcised both in heart and flesh may enter YHWH’s sanctuary. While it is allowable to be circumcised in heart before being circumcised in flesh (which was the case with these men), this does not cancel the command as to the latter. We are not to boil a kid in its mother’s milk. (Ex. 34:26) Since the term for “boil” also means “raise to maturity”, this is also symbolic of pressuring a newcomer to grow too quickly too soon. However, they could not wait very long; any foreigner who wishes to eat of the Passover sacrifice must be circumcised. (Ex. 12:48) That is Torah.
3. as they said, “Since you approached men having foreskins and ate with them!”
They could not believe that someone of his caliber was violating such an ingrained taboo. But this in itself was not a Torah commandment, but a human law. It was a step that legislated holiness by building a fence around the Torah which at one time made perfect sense. The Torah does not change, but the heads of households and tribes in Israel are permitted to make such rulings for those under their jurisdiction if they do not violate Torah. Now that it was time for the rest of Israel to be brought back into covenant, this taboo stood in the way of what YHWH was doing in the world. It also collided with YHWH’s wish, which Yeshua upheld, that His sanctuary be a “house of prayer for all peoples”. (Yeshayahu 56:7)
4. But Keyfa began to explain [it] to them in the order [in which it took place], saying,

5. “As I was praying in Yafo, [in a trance] I saw a vision—a certain container coming down, like a big sheet being let down out of the sky by four corners, and it came all the way [down] to me.

6. “When I gazed into it, I was paying close attention to it, and I saw the four-footed creatures of the earth, and the wild animals, the reptiles, and the birds of the air.

Four-footed creatures of the earth: animals, yet “from the Land”, that is, having once been Israelites, but having turned away from the covenant. The term used in verse 3 for having foreskins is also used in 1 Makkabees 1:15 of persons who were once circumcised but had an operation to reverse their circumcision so they would look just like Gentiles, undoing what had been done as a mark of belonging to YHWH. These particular people had probably not had that surgery performed on them, but by virtue of their ancestors having forgotten who they were, the end result was the same; they were no longer being circumcised on the eighth day.
7. “Then I heard a voice telling me, ‘Get up, Keyfa, slaughter and eat!’
Slaughter: If this is really only talking about people, why the command to kill? Avi Ben Mordechai points out that (other than the Passover lamb, which is also specially identified with Yeshua is also called in 1 Cor. 5:7), the only type of sacrificial offering with which the Hebrew term for “slaughter” is directly connected in the Torah is the peace offering (shelem), upon which the offerer was required to share the meat in a communal meal. One invited family, friends, and acquaintances and gave special praise to YHWH for a particular benevolent act He had done. (Lev. 7:11ff; 19:5; Deut. 27:7; 1 Shmu’el 11:15; 1 Kings 3:15) It often bespoke a hearty reconciliation and covenant of unity between the parties sharing the meal, mending a past division. (Gen. 31:54) Thus the point being made to Keyfa is the reunion between the two formerly-estranged Houses of Israel. All parties who share in it must be ritually pure, since it was eaten in YHWH’s presence (at the Temple). And eating with these now-cleansed men is precisely what he ended up doing. (v. 3) These Israelite souls being gathered from among the Gentiles are no longer strangers, though they still appeared unclean, but were now the Jewish believers’ friends, restored to the same covenant. "He is our peace [offering], who has broken down the wall of division." (Eph. 2:14)
8. “But I said, ‘By no means, sir, because never has anything that is defiled or unclean ever entered my mouth!’
Unclean: Aramaic, what abominates. Why are there two different categories? Because even clean meats (those that are considered food for Israel) can be defiled (or “made common”) if the blood is not removed from them properly at the time of slaughter. Both standards are important. But Keyfa may also be emphasizing that his own practice is as “kosher” as any of those who emphasize the need for converts to be circumcised.
9. “Then a voice came back to me a second time out of the heaven, ‘What YHWH has cleansed, don’t you consider defiled.’

10. “Now this occurred three times, then everything was pulled back up into the sky.

11. “Then, lo and behold, three men already stood by the house where I was, having been sent to me from Caesarea.

Already: Aramaic, within the hour.
12. “And the Spirit told me to go with them without any hesitation. So these six brothers also came with me, and we went into the man’s house,
Six brothers: counting Keyfa and the three men who had sent for him, there was thus a minyan (quorum) of ten to form a representative “congregation” made up of those from both Yehudah and the Northern Kingdom of Israel.
13. “and he told us how he had seen an angel standing in his house and telling him, ‘send [men] into Yafo, and summon Shim’on, who is [also] known as Keyfa,

14. “‘who will speak to you [about] matters by which you and all of your household can be restored.’

Restored: made well again, saved, rescued from danger of destruction, delivered from the penalty of judgment. Thus though they themselves were devout, they carried a sentence upon them that had to be removed. Hebrews 9:15 reveals that the message was that Messiah’s death had covered the sins of their ancestors, committed under the first covenant, “so those who had been called out might receive the promise of the everlasting inheritance.” If we combine the prophecy that the punishment for the Northern Kingdom was to last 390 years (Y’hezq’el 4:5) and the fact that YHWH would double the sentence before bringing them back (Yirmeyahu 16:18), for a total of 780 years of exile, we arrive at the date 46 C.E., which was within no more than five years of this time. (See note on v. 28.) YHWH was therefore beginning to open the door for this. So why are we having to return to covenant in the same way again today? Because Hoshea 1 specifies two curses: that of “no mercy” (which was rescinded here, allowing those from the nations to filter into the kingdom ever since then) and that of “not being a people” for Him (that is, not a unified political nation); another threat to multiply the sentence seven times if we would not respond applies here. (Lev. 26:18) It extends to either 1996 or 2008 C.E., depending on which deportation we count from (734 or 722 B.C.E.)
15. “And as I began to speak, the spirit of holiness rushed down upon them, just as it also had on us at the beginning.
They spoke in other languages as the initial disciples had done (chapter 2) in order to gather those for whom Hebrew was no longer a native language; that the event repeated itself showed that these returnees from among the Gentiles were also meant to gather others who did not speak Hebrew back into Israel.
16. “And I remembered the thing the Master mentioned when He said, ‘Yochanan indeed immersed with water, but you will be submerged in the Spirit of Holiness!’

17. “So if YHWH had given them the [very] same gift He also [gave] to us [who] trust in the Master, Yeshua the Messiah, who was I to be able to stand in the way of Elohim?”

18. When they heard these things, they quieted down and gave honor to YHWH, saying, “We see that Elohim has also extended to the Gentiles a repentance [leading] to life!”

To the Gentiles: How the tables have turned, and the Gentiles are by far the majority of believers in Yeshua. But that we still think of ourselves as Gentiles is to our shame, for we should have all been living as Israelites again for two thousand years now. Repentance: return from a particular guiltiness. (See note on v. 14) To life: Deut. 32:47 defines the Torah as the life of those called into covenant with YHWH. Though they had marveled at this and accepted the fact of what Keyfa had experienced, they did not make it a practice to fraternize with the uncircumcised; they just recognized that in the process of the task Yeshua had given us, we sometimes have to do things that are outside our normal practice. But part of their marveling may have also had to do with the fact that they were now realizing that the task ahead of them would be more difficult than they had imagined, for if the P’rushim and Tzadoqim had been angry with them over speaking in Yeshua’s name, how much more would they oppose them for appearing to be hobnobbing with Gentiles? But they were simply living out a preliminary fulfillment of the prophecy that Yehudah would not vex Efrayim. (Yesh. 11:13)

19. Now those who had been scattered because of the pressure that occurred on account of the circumstances surrounding Stefanos reached as far as Phoenikia and, for that matter, to the land of Kupros and Antiokhia, but they did not speak the word to anyone except the Jews alone.
Those: the Hellenistic Jews were the ones driven out. Pressure: oppression, or, literally, tight spot. We as Israelites tend not to do all we are supposed to be doing until we are under pressure. We did not even give up our slavery in Egypt until YHWH had Pharaoh drive us out! We need to do better this time, not waiting to come back into Israelite community until we have nowhere else to turn, but rather come back together voluntarily as we now have a right under covenant to do. Phoenikia: the region north of Israel which is known as Levanon today. Kupros: Cyprus.
20. But men from among them—from Kupros and Kurinia—came and entered Antiokhia and spoke with the Hellenists and brought them the glad news about our Master Yeshua.
Kurinia: Cyrene, a flourishing city in Libya to which Ptolemy I had brought a large number of Jews and given them the rights of citizenship.
21. And the hand of YHWH was with them, and many believed and turned toward YHWH.

22. When this was heard in the ears of the sons of the congregation that was in Yerushalayim, they sent Bar-Naba to Antiokhia,

23. and when he came there and saw the lovingkindness of Elohim, he was overjoyed and strongly urged them to stick close to our Master with their whole hearts.

24. Since he was indeed a pleasant man and filled with the spirit of being set apart and trustworthy, many people were being added to the Master.

25. He then went out to Tarsos to seek out Sha’ul, and when he found him, he brought him to Antiokhia.

26. And extending their stay for a whole year, they were joining themselves together with the congregation and teaching many people, and from that time the disciples were first called “Messianic”.

Extending their stay: or, delaying. Messianic: the term “Christian” was derived from the Greek form of this word, and if it had not taken on many “barnacles” of pagan accoutrements, it might have been an innocent term, though “Christos” (the greek form of “Messiah”) was an eponym applied to many pagan deities as well, and thus is hardly unique or definitive. Since the term has come to connote on the popular level a set of doctrines which are far from Scriptural, it is not a name with which those faithful to the Torah and Yeshua’s true Hebraic ethos should be associated. But Stern points out that here and in 1 Keyfa 4:16, the term appears to be a derogatory epithet placed on them by those who were persecuting them, much like applying the slang term “Moonies” to followers of Sun Myung Moon, not a term they used of themselves.
27. And in those days, prophets came there from Yerushalayim,

28. and one of them, whose name was Khagav, rose and made known to them by the Spirit that a great famine was coming on the whole land, and this famine came in the days of Caesar Claudius.

Khagav: He shows up again in 21:10, but it is interesting that the name of the one predicting the famine means “locust” in Hebrew, reminiscent of a plague that is often the cause of famine! Claudius (whose name means “lame”) ruled the Roman Empire from A.D. 41 through 54, so by this point we are at least 11 years after Messiah’s resurrection (in 30 C.E., according to the record that the red cord placed on the scapegoat at Yom Kippur stopped turning white 40 years before the Temple’s destruction). His most infamous act would be to expel the Jews from Rome (18:2).
29. However, the disciples according to whatever each of them had, set aside a service [they felt obliged] to send to the brothers who were living as sojourners in Yehudah,

30. and sent it to the elders there by the hands of Bar-Naba and Sha’ul.


CHAPTER 12

1. At that time Herodos the king, who had the honorific surname Agrippas, put his hands on men of the congregation in order to harm them.

Herodos: A dynastic title, much like Pharaoh’s. It means “heroic”. This one was the grandson of Herod the Great (who was part-Jewish and part-Edomite or Idumean as it was called by this time), and the son of Aristobulus and Berenike. He reigned from 41 to 44 C.E. after Emperor Claudius extended his dominions to include all of the Levant and Syria, though he had ruled over Judea for four additional years prior to that. The events in this chapter are at the very end of his reign, in the 54th year of his life, according to contemporary historian Flavius Josephus. His son, Agrippas II, will appear in chapters 25 and 26. Herodos had gained such favor with Caligula and Claudius that he was able to make such a decision on his own without having to consult Roman governors as his predecessor had to confer with Pontius Pilatus for permission on such matters.
2. Yaaqov the brother of Yochanan he murdered with the sword,
This is Yaaqov the son of Zavdi. He is the first of the twelve delegated envoys to suffer martyrdom. Tradition says that of the twelve, only the Yochanan mentioned here died a natural death.
3. and when he saw that it was pleasing in the eyes of the Jews, he went further and also seized Shim’on Keyfa, and the days were days of unleavened bread.
The Jews: not the people in general, but those with enough political clout to matter to him. Like his grandfather, he was a master politician, skilled at playing everyone to his own advantage. His consistent policy was to conciliate the majority. (Stern) As was Rome’s custom, he used the times of the festivals to reach out generously to the Jews (as seen in Mat. 27:15). As more and more Jews followed Yeshua’s disciples, the movement must have been becoming uncomfortably large for Herodos (reminiscent of Pharaoh in Moshe’s day), so he tried to strike timidity in them by killing one of the leaders and arresting another, so that the rest would not dare to make political waves. Unleavened bread: By the best available evidence, this is exactly fourteen years after Yeshua’s death and resurrection.
4. When he had seized him, he sent him to the “round-house”, and put him in the custody of sixteen soldiers who would guard him with the intent that after Passover he would turn him over to the congregation of the Jews.
Round-house: again, an idiom for a prison. After Passover: Technically, if they were already in the days of unleavened bread, the Passover slaughter had already taken place, but already, as is still common today, this had been extended to refer to the whole seven-day feast. Congregation of the Jews: again, those in leadership.
5. And while he, Shim’on, was being guarded in the “round-house”, prayer was being lifted up collectively on his behalf from within the congregation of Elohim.
Collective prayer adds weight to individuals’ petitions.
6. And during the night-time as it was dawning toward the morning he was preparing to turn him over, as Shim’on was sleeping between two soldiers and he was bound to both by chains, with others watching the doors of the “round-house”,
Herodos was so afraid of his getting away that he actually chained him to some of the guards!
7. a messenger of YHWH took his stand above him, and light shone throughout the whole house, and poked at his side and made him stand up and told him, “Get up quickly!” And the chains fell from his hands.
Poked…get up: Being pierced in the side, guarded by soldiers until after Passover, and told by angels to rise up all increased Keyfa’s identification with Yeshua’s death, burial, and resurrection.
8. Then the messenger told him, “Tie up your waist and put on your shoes.” So he did just that. And again he told him, “Put on your upper [garment] and come after me!”
Tie up your waist: The typical inner garment was much like a nightshirt, which would be pulled up between the legs and tied with a belt much like those seen among field workers in east Asia today. This was one could move about freely without loose ends becoming snagged while working. At such times one usually set aside his outer garment (on the corners of which the tzitziyoth commanded in Numbers 15:38-39 are worn); when sleeping, it was typically used as a blanket. (Deut. 24:13)
9. So he went out and walked after him, not sure whether what was done by the hands of the messenger was real, since he actually thought he was seeing a vision.

10. Now when they had passed the first and guardpost as well as the second, they came as far as the iron gate, and it opened to them by itself. And when they had gone out and crossed one street, the messenger departed from him.

Passed…crossed: Both words are from the root from which the term Hebrew (“crosser-over”) is derived. Keyfa was experiencing another re-enactment of the first Passover in his escape from bondage.
11. At that point, Shim’on came to realization and said, “Now I have truly understood that YHWH has sent His messenger and let me slip out of Herodos’ hands and what the Jews had plotted in regard to me!”

12. And when he discerned [this], he came to the house of Miryam the mother of Yochanan who was called Marqos, because many brothers were coming there and interceding.

The mother of Yochanan: literally, his mother, belonging to Yochanan: Yeshua said we would come to regard those who did YHWH’s will as more truly our mothers and siblings than those to whom we were born. (Mat. 12:48-50) Marqos: Yochanan was such a common name at this time (as with the Yochanan in verse 2 who was assigned to care for Yeshua’s mother, also Miryam) that some means of disambiguating was needed, even the use of a foreign nickname. While from our perspective of moving in the opposite direction today it seems treasonous to Hebraic loyalties to use a Latin name, it may even have been mandatory in some cases during the Roman occupation. This Yochanan was a nephew of Bar-Naba’ (4:36-37; 13:5, 13; 15:37-39; Col. 4:10) and became the author of the book of Mark.
13. Then he knocked on the gate of the courtyard, and a girl named Rhoda came out to answer it.

14. When she recognized Shim’on’s voice, in her joy she did not [even] open the gate for him, but instead turned around and ran and told them, “Look! Shim’on is standing at the gate of the courtyard!”

Luqa preserved this anecdote that must have provided ample comic relief for those under such stress.
15. They replied to her, “You are mad!” However, she argued that the matter was so. Then they told her, “Maybe it’s his angel.”
Mad: They thought she was hallucinating due to wishful thinking. His angel: i.e., his “ghost”, in modern parlance.
16. But Shim’on was knocking on the gate, so they went out and saw him and were astounded.
They apparently did not believe YHWH would do what they were asking Him to do! Are we any different?
17. But he waved his hand to quiet them down, and he came in and recounted to them how YHWH had brought him out of the “round-house”. And he told them, “Tell this to Yaaqov and the brothers!” Then he left and went to a different location.
Yaaqov: Not the one who had just been killed, but the brother of Yeshua. The brothers: possibly Yeshua’s other natural brothers, but probably including at least the ten other delegates. Though initially he was skeptical of Yeshua’s special role (Yoch. 7:5), Yaaqov was a believer after the resurrection (1:14) and was already becoming an important leader in the assembly (15:13; 21:18; Gal. 2:9-12), as shown by Keyfa’s wanting to be sure he stayed informed. A different location: so those who had captured him previously would not easily find him, especially with the commotion those in this location had just been making.
18. And as the morning brightened up, there was a great consternation among the soldiers in regard to what had become of Shim’on.

19. Now after he was set free and could not be found, Herodos judged the soldiers and commanded that they be put to death. Then he left Judea and stayed in Caesarea.

This was very much in character for Herodos. But soon we will see the price he had to pay for unjustly condemning (without even a trial) these men who were not at fault in Keyfa’s escape.
20. And when he was filled with agitation over those from Tzur and Tzidon, they immediately gathered themselves together and came to him, unified, and persuaded Blastos, the king’s chamberlain, begging from him that there might be peace for them, due to the assessment that the support for their land was dependent on the sovereignty of Herodos.
Dependent on: or, hanging in question. They were begging even for food at this point. (11:28)
21. Now on the day that had been fixed, Herodos dressed himself in royal attire, sat on the judgment seat, and addressed the assembly.
Fixed: possibly the last day of unleavened bread, appointed as a feast in Exodus 13:6, explaining why they would be so celebratory even while there was a famine in the Land. Royal attire: Josephus specifies that it was made entirely of silver and reflected the sun at dawn in such an eerie way as to spread horror over those who watched. The semi-circular open-air theatre in which he would have stood has been excavated and is again used for musical concerts, having perfect acoustics after minimal repairs to the structure.
22. And all the people cried out and said, “These are daughters of the voice of an elohim and not from the sons of Adam!”
Daughters of the voice: a Hebrew idiom referring to a voice from heaven. Accepting flattery is always to one’s detriment, as the enemy uses this to take us off guard and sneak many otherwise-obvious attacks through. Yet the modern Gospel is based on flattery, presented primarily in terms of “what it can do for you”:
23. And due to the fact that he did not assign weightiness to Elohim, in but a moment he was struck down by a messenger of YHWH, was infested with maggots, and died.
Maggots: or another form of larval worm. Josephus adds many details about this event in Antiquities of the Jews 19:8:2. . He says those in attendance said that while they had formerly seen him as one like the rest of them, they would now regard him as having a nature superior to that of mortals. At this point he noticed an owl sitting above him, and considered it an evil omen, and suddenly a sever pain arose in his stomach. He told the people that though they had called him a “g-d”, he was now being commanded to depart this life, thereby proving their barely-spoken words wrong. He was taken up to a chamber from which he could see people wearing black below, already mourning for him. After five days, he died, having said he had lived a satisfactorily-enjoyable life.
24. Then the glad news of Elohim was proclaimed and hedged about.
Hedged about: or, pushed back boundaries, caused its enemies to draw back.
25. Now Bar-Naba and Sha’ul returned from Yerushalayim to Antiokhia after they had completed their service, and they took Yochanan who was called Marqos with them.


CHAPTER 13

1. There were prophets and teachers in the congregation at Antiokhia—Bar-Naba’, Shim’on who was called Niger, Luqius from the city of Kurini, Mana’el son of the forces of Herodos, and Sha’ul.

Niger is Latin for “black”, and Luqius means “bright white light”. Most Jews were neither extreme, so already we see people representing the whole spectrum representing the Kingdom. There are some racist groups of both colors who call themselves Israelites, but the true Israel returning from exile encompasses all types of people. Mana’el: the Aramaic version; the Gk. form Menaen is apparently a corruption of Menahem, a common Hebrew name. Son of the forces: The Greek says he was brought up with Herodos. Interestingly, Josephus (Antiquities of the Jews 15:10:5) records the account of an Essene Menahem who was Herod’s contemporary and once saluted Herod as the king of the Jews when he was but a child, prophesying that he would be found worthy to be king and start well, have an everlasting reputation and outdo everyone in enjoyment of life, but would eventually forget piety and righteousness, for which he would be punished. Sha’ul may be listed last because the final “and” may imply that Sha’ul, too, was brought up with Menahem. Being a Roman citizen, he had some influence, and had to be from a wealthy family to study under Gamli’el. This may be why he was taken seriously by several governors, though his lifestyle appeared foolish to them.
2. And when they were fasting and asking Elohim for favor, the spirit of being set-apart said to them, “Separate unto Me Sha’ul and Bar-Naba’ for the service to which I have called them.”
Asking Elohim for favor: Gk., doing service (from the same root word as liturgy, which denotes doing service at one’s own expense, implying that if one is paid for his “ministry”, it is not truly ministry). Thus those chosen for service were people who were already active.
3. So after they had fasted and interceded, they laid a hand on them and sent them out.
Laying hands on someone symbolizes that he is their representative.
4. Then they, being sent expressly [by the] spirit of being set-apart, went down to Seleukia, and from there traveled by sea as far as to Cyprus.
Expressly: literally, from the taste of. Cyprus: Gk, Kupros; Heb., Qafrisim. This is the first of four journeys Sha’ul took for the same purpose. (See 15:40-18:22; 18:23-21;15; 27:1-28:16.)
5. And when they had entered the city of Salamis, they proclaimed the glad word of our Master in the synagogues of the Jews, and Yochanan ministered to them.
Why did Sha’ul go to the synagogues? Because that is where people who were already hungry to know YHWH would be. He knew that no one who was not “hungry” would receive the message he had to bring them. We today can also find the Israelite unaware of their identity within the ranks of those who are not Jews but are drawn to the things of YHWH that Yehudah has preserved—the Sabbath, festivals, and other aspects of Torah. Jews made it a custom to read the Scriptures in the marketplace on market days, and many may have been attracted to come to the synagogues on the Sabbath to hear more.
6. And when they had gone around the whole island as far as the city of Pafos, they met one man--a sorcerer, a Jew who had been a false prophet--and his name was Bar-Shuma.
Sorcerer: literally, one who mutters charms or incantations in a low voice. Greek, magos, from which we derive the term magician, but it implied one who watched the stars to interpret the signs that Gen. 1:27 says YHWH would place in the heavens. In this vein, we can understand the difference between astronomy (which studies “the laws of the stars”) and astrology (“the word of the stars”—i.e., not their normal patterns of behavior but what they are “saying” to us). Bar-Shuma: Gk., Bar-Iesous, i.e., son of Y’hoshua.
7. This one was from near a wise man who had been the [military] officer and was called Sergius Paulus, and he called the officer to Sha’ul and to Bar-Naba’ and begged to hear from them a word of Elohim.
Sergius means “earth-born”, the same meaning as the LXX’s interpretation of the pre-flood creatures that were half-human, half-demon. Officer: Heb., netziv; the Greek term, anthupatos, identifies him as proconsul of a senatorial province, one of those into which Caesar Augustus had divided the Empire, possibly because of the census he took at the time of Messiah’s birth.
8. But this sorcerer, Bar-Shuma, stood in opposition to them, as is the translation of his name, Elumos, because he wanted to incline the officer away from the belief.
As is the translation: Elumas is a name not of Greek origin, and since he was Jewish, it is possible that this name is the corruption of a Hebrew word. If it is the sorcery to which his name is related, as the Greek (rather than Aramaic) phrase order suggests, Stern suggests chalom (“dream”) or ‘alim (“knowing/understanding science”). ‘Alam (“hidden/concealed”) might be another possibility.
9. However, Sha’ul (who is [also] called Paulus), being filled with the spirit of being set apart, stared at him,
Paulus: as in the name in verse 7, the Latin term means “small”, but it also approximates a Hebrew word, Pa’ul, which rhymes with Sha’ul and means “put to work” or “put into effect”. Spirit of being set apart: Since Elymas was a Jew, Sha’ul had a right to expect him to be separate from sorcery, which the Torah forbids. (Deut. 18:11)
10. and said, “Woe to you, who are filled with all craftiness and all evil, son of the devouring accuser and enemy of everything that is righteous. Will you not stop perverting the straight paths of YHWH?
Being Jewish, the raw materials Bar-Shuma began with would have been the “straight paths of YHWH”. Any type of change made to what is straight is by definition perversion, in Hebrew.
11. “So now, the hand of YHWH is against you, and you will be blind and not see the sun until the appointed time!” And in a moment there fell upon him gloom and darkness, and he began to go around searching for someone to hold him by the hand.
Blind: Those who twist the revelation they have been given are not permitted to see much more. He was put in the same position physically that he had already been in spiritually. Not see the sun: He would be unable to look for the signs in the heavens for a while. Hold him: Greek, lead him. He had considered himself unteachable, and now he needed a mentor. Sha’ul cursed him, outdoing his own magic. As a well-trained rabbi, Shau’l may have known how such things could be manipulated. In this day it was not uncommon for even the Jewish priests to wear amulets bearing blessings or curses.
12. When the officer saw what had taken place, he opened his eyes and trusted in the instruction of the Master.

13. Then Paulus and Bar-Naba’ traveled by sea from the city of Pafos and came to the city of Pergi, which is in Pamfulia. But Yochanan separated from them and went to Yerushalayim.

Pamfulia: the name means “of every tribe”. This is a province on the mainland of Asia Minor (now Turkey) west of Kilikia, the province where Sha’ul grew up. Separated: see also 15:39. Possibly because he was put off by Sha’ul’s cursing someone in such a bizarre display. He was going back to a place where they did not strike people blind! What was the difference between Elumas and Sha’ul if he used the same tricks? This time it was done in YHWH’s power, whether just to shut Elumas down or to bring him to true repentance. It certainly got the officer’s attention. He was looking for a sign, and Sha’ul gave him what he needed. We hear no about Sergius Paulus, so we do not know whether this fruit remained or whether the spectacle merely swept the house clean to make room for seven worse demons to come back into. This is one reason it is so vital to have a community into which to bring new believers for instruction.
14. They left Pergi and came to the city of Antiokhia which is in Pisidia, and they entered the synagogue on the Sabbath and sat down.

15. And after the reading of the Torah and the Prophets, the elders of the synagogue sent to them and said, “Men, brothers, if you have a word of comfort, speak [it] to the people!”

They respected the order of their hosts’ house and did not speak until spoken to. In Jewish circles it is still common practice to read a haftarah from the prophets or writings which relates to the reading from the Torah. This practice was begun when the Greeks forbade the study of the Torah, so the Jews resourcefully taught the same lessons from the prophets and were thus able to indirectly teach each portion of the Torah. After this, it is common to allow those present to teach if able, and the dictates of hospitality often meant that this privilege would be offered to a guest. This is suggested in Luke 4:16-17, where Yeshua is asked to read what may have been the haftarah for that week. (The designated haftaroth have changed in some cases over the centuries.)
16. So Paulus stood, waved his hand, and said, “Men, sons of Israel and fearers of Elohim, listen!
We can see here three designations: “Men” was, in that day, a term applied only to Jews. Sons of Israel, until the two houses of Israel are reunited, is a particular designation for those from the Northern Kingdom, who were now being drawn back to the synagogues because this was the closest they could get to Israel at that time, without the additional information he had to bring. They are the ones designated “Gentiles” in the Renewed Covenant; those who were “pure” Gentiles with no connection to Israel were seen as on the level of animals, often specifically dogs. Fearers of Elohim: a special term for those who were considering becoming proselytes.
17. “The Elohim of this people chose our ancestors and was enlarging them and making them numerous while they were sojourning in the land of Egypt and with an upraised arm he brought them out from it,

18. “and sustained them in the wilderness forty years.

19. “Then He destroyed seven nations in the Land of Kanaan, and gave them their Land for an inherited possession.

20. “And for a duration of four hundred fifty years He gave them judges until Shmu’el the prophet,

21. “and at that time they demanded a king for themselves, and Elohim gave them Sha’ul the son of Qish, a man of the tribe of Binyamin—forty years,

Forty years: a figure not found in Scripture, but it does agree with Josephus’ total in Antiquities of the Jews (6:14:9), though in another place (10:8:4), he says 20.
22. “then He removed him and raised up for them David the king, and bore witness concerning him, and said, ‘I have found David, son of Yishai, a man according to My own heart; he will do whatever I desire.’

23. “From the seed of this [man], Elohim raised up for Israel what He had promised—Yeshua the Messiah.

I have found…from the seed of this man…what He had promised: Here we see very strong parallels with Avraham, with whom YHWH chose to have an intimate friendship partly because he was one who would make sure his family would do what YHWH desired. (Gen. 18:19) The promised One must be the seed of David—through a woman, no doubt, but not some Greek-style “seed of Elohim” that produced a half-man like the Nefilim prior to Noakh’s flood.
24. “And He sent Yochanan to announce prior to His coming an immersion of repentance to all of the people of Israel.
His coming: Not before He was born, but before He emerged as Messiah. Prior to taking on this office, He was an ordinary man, like the priests before their 30th year, though they were clearly designated to that position from birth. Until Yochanan called the people to repentance, Yeshua had nothing to work with.
25. “And when Yochanan was fulfilling his ministry, he said, ‘Who are you imagining that I am? Not I! That one is indeed coming after me—the one the thongs of whose sandals I am not suited to loosen!’
This is “kinsman-redeemer” language, for the one who relinquished his right to redeem to the next in line who was qualified to fill that position. This was his way of saying he was not as qualified as Yeshua to redeem the people, as seen in Ruth 4:7-8.
26. “Men! Our brothers! Sons of the family of Avraham and those who, with them, stand in awe of Elohim, to you the word of life has been sent forth,

27. “because these inhabitants of Yerushalayim and their heads have not recognized—not at all—the writings of the prophets who are read every Sabbath, except to judge them, in fulfillment of all the words that are written.

These inhabitants: those usurpers who were “occupying” the Temple. Not only were they not the persons YHWH had prescribed for the positions of leadership therein; they did not even believe the things they were hearing and even saying so often!
28. “And even though they found nothing as a reason for death, they begged Pilatus to murder Him.

29. “And when they had fulfilled all that was written concerning Him, they brought Him down from the cross, and laid Him to rest inside a tomb.

30. “But Elohim raised Him up from the house of the dead

31. “and he was seen for many days by those who came up with Him from the Galil to Yerushalayim, and they are now His witnesses to the people.

32. “And also we [ourselves] indeed bring you the glad news that the promise that came to the patriarchs--

33. “lo and behold, Elohim is fulfilling it for us, their descendants—because He raised Yeshua, as it is written in the second Psalm, ‘You are My Son; today I have begotten You.’

This was initially spoken of King Shlomo at his coronation, and thus “son of Elohim” is an idiom for the one who sits on the throne that he passed down to his sons. Raised: in this first instance, at His immersion He was raised from His everyday life as the carpenter’s son to be the set-apart deliverer of Israel. (See note on v. 24.) In the next verse, we see the other type of raising:
34. And Elohim did indeed raise Him from the house of the dead, so as not to return again to see corruption—as He said, “[I will give you] the confirmed lovingkindnesses of David.”
Confirmed: or reliable. The Greek version adds the first phrase to the LXX version; the Hebrew original of Yeshayahu 55:3 says, “Obey, and your soul will thrive, and I will cut an eternal covenant with you, the kindnesses of David being upheld.” This sets Sha’ul’s message squarely within the framework of Torah, so as Keyfa said, it was the unlearned and unstable who twisted it to sound contradictory to Torah. (2 Keyfa 3:16)
35. “Again he says, in another place, ‘You will not allow Your pious one to see corruption.”
Pious: or kind, merciful. This is the Hebrew word hasid, from which a major branch of Orthodox Jewry is derived. Corruption: or, decay (also in v. 34). The quote is from Psalm 16:10.
36. “Look; David, in his generation, served the will of Elohim, and he lay down to be gathered to his ancestors, and he saw decay.
Gathered to his ancestors: an idiom for having one’s bones collected a year or so after death—after the flesh had rotted away--and placed in the same part of a tomb or ossuary box as the bones of one’s ancestors. In other words, there had to be a greater fulfillment of this promise later in his lineage.
37. “But this one whom Elohim raised up did not see decay!

38. “Therefore, let it be known to you, our brothers, that through this one forgiveness of sins is announced to you,

39. “and from everything that you were not able to justify yourselves through the Torah of Moshe, through this one, everyone who places his trust is justified.

This means Yeshua is a supplement to, not a substitute for, the extent to which we can keep the Torah. We trust Him to take our utmost further than we can and make it adequate in the Father’s eyes. From another angle, Stern points out that the Mishnah’s tractate Kritot lists 36 transgressions from which one cannot be cleared from being cut off from his people since there is no designated sacrifice or punishment that restores fellowship. These include prohibited sexual unions, idolatry, profaning the Sabbath, some violations of purity laws, eating leavened bread during the Feast of Matzah, eating or working on Yom Kippur—things all of us from the Northern Kingdom once were guilty of while living in a Gentile framework. The renewed Covenant reiterates that there is no remedy for intentional (“high-handed”) rebellion (Heb. 6:4-6; 10:26; Romans 3:7-8; 6:1-2) As a people we had no kinsman-redeemer, because no one in the House of Yehudah had enough “purchasing power” to ransom us. There must be one qualified remaining if redemption is to take place, but until Yeshua came on the scene, there was no way the Torah could provide either house of Israel with a king or kingdom, for that had been lost to both. Torah had become so twisted in its interpretation that it could not declare anyone right, because no one was upholding it anymore. So YHWH raised up one who was not under sin and could set it back on its proper footing and bring it back to its undiluted fullness. While the kinsman redeemer sets one free from slavery, he is now under obligation to honor that redeemer as our new owner.
40. “Be warned, then, so that what is written in the prophets does not come upon you:

41. “‘Look, you mockers, and be awestruck and listen, because I am about to do something in your days that you would not believe if a man recounted to you.’ [Havaqquq 1:5]”


42. And when they departed from their presence, they begged of them that they would speak these words to them the next Sabbath.

43. And after the congregation was sent out, many Jews and also proselytes who feared Elohim walked after them, so they spoke to them and urged them to stick to the kindness of Elohim.

Urged: from the word for stubborn. The kindness: as opposed to the rabbinic restructuring of the Torah, which Yeshua and Keyfa said was too heavy a burden for anyone to be laden with.
44. But on another Sabbath, the whole city congregated to listen to the Word of Elohim,

45. but when the Jews saw the huge crowd, they were filled with jealousy, and rose up in opposition to the words Paulus was speaking, and reviled [against them].

Jews: that is, the leaders of the local synagogue, because those who were speaking were also Jews. The huge crowd: This, not what he said, was the catalyst for their opposition. They had been trying hard to make proselytes and had a handful of followers, but now there was clearly an adequate kinsman-redeemer, and to this they responded. (See also v. 48.)
46. But Paulus and Bar-Naba’ looked at them [fiercely] and said, “It was appropriate that the words of Elohim be spoken to you first, but since you are flushing it from yourselves and detaching yourselves from any suitability for eternal life, we are indeed turning toward the Gentiles!
The year that the curse of “no mercy” for the Northern Kingdom (Hoshea 1:6) had completed its course was 46 C.E. (based on the doubling in Yirmeyahu 16:18 of the 390-year sentence pronounced in Y’hezq’el 4:5) Since the events in chapter 12 were only two years prior to that and some time has clearly elapsed since that time, with the travels throughout Asia Minor, across to Cyprus, around the island, and back again in conditions that would sometimes require a long wait for more favorable weather (27:12), it is not at all unreasonable to hypothesize that 46 is the exact date here. Gentiles: the Greek term can also mean “tribes”.
47. “Because thus our Master commands us, as it is written, ‘I am appointing you…as an illuminator of the nations’, in order that there might be a deliverance as far as the ends of the earth.
The quote is from Yeshayahu 49:6, which is clearly in context of the restoration.of the tribes of Israel as the main task of the Messiah (1:6), with the nations added as a bonus gift since He deserved more.
48. And when the Gentiles heard, they rejoiced and shouted in celebration of Elohim and trusted [Him]—those who were appointed for eternal life.
They started cheering loudly, because at last there was a way to become part of Israel that was not too burdensome as the rabbinic way was. (15:10; Mat. 11:28-30)
49. And the word of YHWH was thoroughly declared throughout that whole district.
Clearly there were many “lost sheep of the House of Israel” in this region!
50. But the Jews instigated the heads of the city and the wealthy women who feared Elohim, and raised a persecution against Paulus and Bar-Naba, and they deported them from their borders.
Wealthy women: They were idle and could stir things up with gossip due to their influence.
51. So as they left, they emptied their feet of the dust against them, and came to the city of Iqanon.
This was in obedience to Yeshua’s command in Mat. 10:14, which may relate to the idiom of resurrection in Yeshayahu 52:2. Feet would normally be washed after one knew he was going to stay a long while (Mat. 10;11-13), or there would be none left on the feet to shake off. If the household did not wash the feet of the guest (Luqa 7:44), it was clear that this house was unworthy to stay in. Iqanon: Gk., Iconion; Latin, Iconium, meaning “little image”. It was a well-known city, the capital of Lukaonia. They had a strategic plan, going where they knew some of the lost sheep of the House of Israel would be found.
52. And the disciples were filled with joy and the spirit of being set apart.
Were filled: or, filled themselves, let themselves be filled; they had to make a choice in this circumstance to see the bright side and recognize that they had indeed taken new ground despite the apparent defeat.


CHAPTER 14

1. And they came and entered the synagogue of the Jews and spoke with them in such a way that many from the Jews and from the Greeks believed.
The Greek text reiterates that they were still in Ikonium, the “city of images”. One reason “Greeks” would be in the synagogues is that only there could those who were being drawn to YHWH find diplomatic immunity from otherwise-mandatory idol worship. Yeshua also had told His witnesses not to go in the “ways of the Gentiles”. But the synagogue is also one of the few places the written Torah could be found, from which their message could be verified. If people were not learning the Torah, the envoys’ message would make no sense. That is why there are so many variations in modern Christianity; there is no basis left, without a foundation of Torah knowledge. Butthose who had heard the Torah would be wondering, “What now? We are in exile as the Torah promised we would be, so where is the promised Deliverer?” “Greeks” might also refer to Hellenized Jews.
2. But the Jews who were not convinced were instigating the Gentiles to treat the brothers badly.
This followed the same pattern as Yeshua’s conviction and execution, for this is where the political authority to persecute lay. These Gentiles are those outside the synagogue—the native people of Ikonium. But the maltreatment did not deter them from continuing to do what they were there to do.
3. So they were there a long time, and spoke boldly about the Master, and He gave witness about the word of His mercy through signs and through wonders that He did through their hands.
He gave witness: If the “He” is to be understood as Yeshua, the authorization for them to heal in His Name was given while He was among us. (Luqa 9:1) The signs proved that He was behind what they were doing.
4. And the whole throng of the city was divided; some of them were with the Jews, and some of them stuck with the delegated envoys.

5. There was a threat over them from the Gentiles and from the Jews and their heads to hide them away and stone them with stones.

Threat: or assault.
6. And when they were sure of this, they crossed over and escaped to the cities of Lukaonia—Lustra and Derbi, and spread the glad news there.
They were trying to get the word out as quickly as possible in each place before the enemy could catch up with them—to undermine his order of things before those who recognized that it was damaging to their corrupted power structure could pull the wool back over people’s eyes. They had to “cut to the chase” and choose their audience quickly. Their strategic decision was to go to where people were already keeping the Sabbath—a wise pattern to follow today as well, for if someone does not even obey this command, what sense can other Hebraic things make to him? The pattern was proving to be that they often had only one Sabbath to get the message out before their adversaries took advantage of the tide of emotion to create a mob that could run over anything that was in their way. Emotional appeal is so prevalent in modern society that we often need to over-correct and leave it out altogether, since the enemy plays on the weakness of the human heart. Derbi (Derbe in Greek) is the furthest inland they went on this journey. These two cities and Ikonium were the chief cities of Lukaonia, which is a fertile land well-adapted for pasture, separated from the Kilikian coast by the Taurus Mountains. In this pastureland dwelt some of the “lost sheep of the House of Israel”. The last phrase is verse 7 in Greek, and the rest of verses in the chapter continue in that sequence, one number higher than the Aramaic version.
7. And in the city of Lustra there lived a man afflicted in his feet, lame from his mother’s womb, who had never walked [in his entire life].

8. This [man] heard Paulus speaking, and when Paulus saw him, he knew that he had within him the confidence to be healed.

Knew: the root meaning is to test by investigation and prove; the same term is translated “were sure” in verse 6.
9. He said to him in a loud voice, “Walk, I say, in the name of our Master Yeshua the Messiah! Get up onto your feet!” And he sprang up and stood up and walked on his own.

10. And the crowd of people, when they saw what Paulus had done, lifted up their voice in the language of the place and said, “The gods have taken on the form of humans and come down to us!”

The language: Greek mixed with Syriac, a form of Aramaic based on the dialect of Edessa. The gods: The well-known Greek myth of Baucis and Philemon which promised blessings to those who would treat well the deities who came in the form of men to test their sincerity would have predisposed these people, who might never have seen a true miracle before, to bend over backwards to try to appease anyone they suspected of being super-human:
11. And they named Bar-Naba’ “Master of the Elim” and Paulus, “Hermes”, since it was he who had started speaking.
Master of the Elim: Gk., Dia, from which the modern Spanish word Dios is derived, and the term “deity”. It is a form of the name Zeus, and corresponds to the Latin Jupiter. Hermes: the equivalent of the Roman Mercurius. None of these names should be on our tongues. (Ex. 23:13; Joshua 23:7; compare Deut. 12:3) But they are physical entities in the heavens. Without “light pollution” and modern forms of entertainment, the drama for most people in this day was what went on in the night sky. Priests like this would have slept in the daytime and been in the “presence” of their elohim when they could be seen. Yet planets do not even give light, but only reflect it! But there are always spiritual entities that attach themselves to anything other than YHWH that is worshipped. This may be the reason that the doors of the Temple of YHWH were locked at night. Yeshua says the night is the time no one can work. (Yochanan 9:4) We are to be “children of the day” who do not work the works of darkness. (1 Thess. 5:5) Started speaking: or, been the chief speaker. As Aharon was the spokesman for Moshe and Gehazi for Elisha, most dignitaries would not address the people face to face, but would utilize a representative, they may have assumed the chief deity would not be the one to do the talking, but would have someone introduce him.
12. Then the priest of Zeus, who had been outside the city, brought bulls and garland-wreaths to the gate of the courtyard of the place where they were staying, and wanted to slaughter them!
The bulls represent the highest sacrifice since it would be eaten by them, and the garland wreaths imply very special treatment such as accorded to the emperor.
13. But Bar-Naba’ and Paulus, when they heard, tore their garments, jumped up, and went out to the crowd and cried out
Tore their garments: a typical response when hearing blasphemy.
14. in saying to them, “Men, what are you doing?! We, too, are frail humans like yourselves, bringing you glad news that you can rise to turn from these empty things to the Elohim of life who made the heavens and the earth, the seas and everything that is in them!
The only thing most of these people have done is to express the idea that men could be elohim. This is one way Christianity got so far off track. Paulus, whose words have been twisted by many to say that this is true of Yeshua, says that such a concept is useless and that it is ridiculous to worship (except as a king) one who is of the same nature as ourselves. If he had wanted to merely shift the focus to Yeshua instead being Elohim rather than himself, this would have been the perfect time to do so. But note well that he did not.
15. “He, in the generations of old, let all nations walk in their own paths,
In the past: in a similar statement (17:30), he states the obvious implication: “But now He is calling all men everywhere to repent.”
16. “though he certainly did not leave Himself without witness in what He did for them so kindly from the heavens both by sending rain down to them and causing fruits to flourish in their season and by filling their hearts with food and gladness.”
They did not preach the “Gospel” to these people, since they had no reason to suspect that they were lost sheep of the House of Israel; instead they gave a general witness to the need to worship the only One who truly deserves it.
17. But despite the fact that they said these things, they were [still] struggling to restrain the people so that each would not make a slaughter to them.
It is hard to overcome with mere logic the human tendency to worship a healer, as we see even with “faith healers” today.
18. Then Jews from Iqanon and from Antiokhia came there and stirred up the people on account of them, and stoned Paulus and dragged him outside the city, because they thought he was dead.
Iqanon (Ikonium) was not far from Lustra, but to come all the way from (Pisidian) Antiokhia meant they were very serious about putting a stop to this message. They were not content to merely “run them out of town”.
19. But the disciples gathered together over him, and he got up and went into the city, and the next day he departed from there with Bar-Naba’, and they came into the city of Derbi.
The disciples must have prayed, because it would be miraculous for someone assumed to be dead to be able to simply get up and walk into the city.
20. And as they were proclaiming the glad news to the sons of that city, many disciples were raised up. Then they returned and came into the city of Lustra, then Iqanon, then Antiokhia,
These are the towns they had been “run out of”. But they still had “follow-up” work to do there, and there was much profit in going back to ensure “fruit that would remain”:
21. and were strengthening the heart of the disciples and seeking from them that they would remain confident and telling them that it is necessary to enter the Kingdom of Elohim through the endurance of much suffering.
Strengthening: making their grip more firm. Unlike today’s “Gospel”, the expectation of persecution was clearly taught from the start. But it is clearly worth the high price! It was probably the disciples gathered over Paulus when he revived that engraved on his mind the fact that the only reason he was still alive was for their sake, so he realized he could not just give them the message and then leave them without capable leadership and order:
22. And they established elders for them in each congregation, fasting with them and praying, and stationing them in the hand of our Master, in whom they trusted.

23. And after they had gone around throughout the region of Pisidia, they came into Pamfulia.

24. Then after they had spoken the word of YHWH in the city of Pergi, they descended into Italia,

Pergi: Greek, Perga. Italia: in this case, the Aramaic way of spelling the Greek name Attaleia (a coastal town in Pamfulia, not far from Pergi), not the country we now refer to as Italy.
25. and from there they journeyed [on] and came to Antiokhia, since from there they had been appointed by the kind hands of YHWH to the service which they had [now] completed.
Journeyed: Greek, sailed—the fastest way to make this trip.
26. And when the whole congregation had gathered together, they recounted all that Elohim had done with them, and how He had opened the gate of faith for the Gentiles.
Being accountable to authority, they report back to those who commissioned them.
27. And they stayed there a long time with the disciples.


CHAPTER 15

1. Then some people came down from Yehudah and taught the brothers, “If you are not circumcised according to the ‘custom of Moshe’, you will not attain to be delivered!”
Some people: probably the “men from Yaaqov” to whom Sha’ul referred in Galatians 2:12, in which case it would mean Keyfa had been visiting for some time at Antiokhia as well while Sha’ul was there, just before they arrived. In this case, his second visit to the Delegates (9:26ff) must have occurred not long before this, probably just before his first journey into Asia (chapters 13-14), being 14 years after the visit in 9:26ff, which fits with Gal. 1:19. Down: Not just in altitude, but in the spiritual importance of the place. Custom: in the Hebrew translation, it is minhag—a tradition that, if practiced for a long enough time by a particular community, is considered by rabbinic Judaism to be “torah”--binding upon every member. (Nehemia Gordon) Moshe: the Hebrew translation from Aramaic actually says “Torah”, which is what “Moshe” often symbolizes, but this seems to have been a particular manner of circumcising that claimed to stem all the way from Moshe, since circumcision itself was first given as a command not to Moshe but to Avraham. Interestingly enough, Moshe himself was hesitant to circumcise his own sons, probably because it seemed repulsive to his wife. (Ex. 4;24ff) This “custom of Torah” correlates with the “works of the law” doctrine that Sha’ul spoke against. (Rom. 9:32; Gal. 2:16; 3:2-10) Delivered: not “saved” in the Christian sense, but rescued from exile. (See v. 11) In one sense they were absolutely right, because in order to return to the Land and participate in the Kingdom in the fullest sense, they indeed had to be circumcised, because this is a requirement for any who eat of the Passover lamb. (Ex. 12:48)
2. And there arose great confusion; Paulus and Bar-Naba’ had a dispute with them, and the outcome was that Paulus and Bar-Naba’, and others with them, went up to the delegates and elders who were in Yerushalayim on account of this controversy,
Confusion: tumult, noise, disturbance, consternation; Gk., dissension, insurrection, uproar. Dispute: Aramaic, mutual questioning. The book of Galatians was apparently written early in this time, since it does not fit with his attitude as expressed after this (apparently his third) trip to Yerushalayim to visit the Delegates—or theirs toward him. (v. 25) Thus the dispute must thus have lasted for some time. It appears that these men in v. 1 brought with them the epistle of Yaaqov (James), since it is a direct response to the letter of Galatians (a copy of which must also have had sufficient time to have made its way back to Yerushalayim prior to this). Note that it is the emissaries from Yerushalayim, not Paulus and Bar-Naba’, who initiate the plea for a ruling to end the debate.
3. and the congregation escorted and sent them off. And they traveled throughout all of Phoenikia and also among the Shomronites. When they told them about the return of the Gentiles, this brought great joy to all the brothers.
Congregation: Paulus and Bar-Naba’ had been sent out by the same congregation at Antiokhia, but they were not elders there; they needed the authorization of the leadership to go proclaim the message, and could be sent out by their mandate for other reasons, like this one. They had no direct routes in those days; they could not bypass the other established communities, so on their way they brought them up to date on YHWH’s latest move. Return: or repentance. Note the emphasis on coming back to what their ancestors had known; these were not “ordinary” Gentiles!
4. And when they arrived at Yerushalayim, they were received on the hands of the congregation, the delegates, and the elders, and they recounted to them all that Elohim had done with them.

5. But some men from the sect of the P’rushim who had come to the faith stood up and said, “It is up to you to circumcise them and command them to keep the Torah of Moshe!”

They, like Paulus, are not “former P’rushim”, but remain P’rushim still (23:6), though they have opposite views on the subject at hand. Circumcision was being seen not only as a sign of the covenant, but as an overall badge of approval, a status symbol in the arrogant sense rather than merely a part of obedience. (See note on 11:2.)
6. And the delegates and elders convened to consider this matter.
Convened: or concentrated themselves. Consider: literally, to eye.
7. And when there was a great difference of opinion, Shim’on stood up and said to them, “Men of our brothers, you know how since the first days Elohim decided that from my mouth the Gentiles would hear the word of the glad news and believe [it].
Difference of opinion: or, division. The first days: at least seventeen years prior to this time, and probably significantly more.
8. “And Elohim, who knows hearts, bore witness concerning them when He gave them, just like us, the spirit of being set-apart.
Even though they may not be familiar with every ramification, the Delegates could see evidence from their lives that they had the right motivation. Demons can make people “speak in tongues”; the real evidence that it is a HOLY spirit motivating them is that the Kingdom is their priority.
9. “And He did not distinguish at all between us and them, because He purified their hearts by means of the faith.

10. “So now, why are you putting Elohim to the test by putting a yoke on the necks of the disciples which neither we nor our ancestors nor have been able to bear?

Keyfa was following the pattern Yeshua had laid out in Mat. 16:19—that Keyfa could bind and loose on earth what was “[already] having been loosed” or bound in Heaven. It began from his mouth (v. 7) after YHWH made it clear that “Gentiles” could come into the Kingdom. And here again, Keyfa is only confirming what YHWH has already made unmistakably evident. This yoke is not the Torah! Moshe himself said the Torah was not beyond our ability to keep (Deut. 30:11-14); that is a Christian “straw man” argument. And it is binding on Israel; it is not a question of if it must be obeyed, but the issue here is “how much, when?” Must the lost sheep of the House of Israel who are coming back to a recognition that they are Israel bear the sign of the covenant and be keeping every part of the Torah before they can join the community? Or should they come to an understanding of what they are doing first, and then carry it out? The only Torah teachers that exist at this point are from the House of Yehudah, and the only place the Torah scrolls are available is the synagogue. The only way to properly learn—and live--the Torah is in community. If they must already be observant before they can be permitted inside, they are put in an impossible position. That is the unbearable yoke he is talking about here. He and his ancestors had not had to become observant on their own, without a community to help. Every other context around them was pagan; there was no way to practice Torah there, since it must be carried out with one another. The Northern Kingdom tried to become connected to other nations and yet remain Israel, and the result was that the Torah fell by the wayside. It is as illogical to expect them to remain part of their pagan surroundings and learn to be Israel before they can become a part of us as it would be to expect someone to be able to wield weapons properly and skillfully before he could join the army, when the only place he could ever practice was in the army, since he was denied access to them anywhere else! Yeshua warned of the P’rushim laying a “heavy burden” on men’s shoulders without lifting a finger to help them. (Mat. 23:4) And now even the believing P’rushim are doing this. They expected these believers outside the Land to live as Israelites before they would allow any of them back into the Land.
11. “Rather, by the kindness of our Master Yeshua the Messiah, we have confidence that we, like them, may be rescued.”
The Jews from the Land were also nonetheless under Roman occupation, and not able to have a Torah-based kingdom yet. Though they might be much more adept at rowing the boat, they were still in the “same boat”. We have a hope and a promise of deliverance, but we are not yet in our Land (which is how Scripture defines salvation) and the king is not yet present. We do not yet have a kingdom, so why should we act as though we are already there and they are not?
12. And the whole congregation quieted down and gave ear to Paulus and Bar-Naba’ as they recounted everything that Elohim had done through them—signs and wonders among the Gentiles.

13. And after they had settled down, Yaaqov stood up and said, “Men of our brothers, listen to me!

Yaaqov: the brother of Yeshua.
14. “Shim’on has told you how Elohim has begun to select from the Gentiles a people for His Name.
Though certainly Sha’ul and Bar-Naba’s testimony is taken into account, it is never mentioned; Shim’on’s words are given much more weight, because he is one of their own elders. Sha’ul is “out there on his own”. He is not fully recognize as one of the Delegates, though at times he argues that he should be. (Gal. 1:1; 1 Cor. 9:1-2; 2 Cor. 12:12)
15. “And to this the words of the prophets agree, as it is written:

16. “‘“After this I will return and set up the fallen sukkah of David and rebuild whatever [part] of it has fallen, and I will establish it…

The hearers would quickly make the connection between the feast of Sukkoth’s emphasis on the nations coming into the Kingdom and the throne of David being re-established through Yeshua. To rebuild the fallen sukkah, writes Moshe Koniuchowsky, would entail using the same building materials as before—that is, the twelve tribes of Israel “living in harmony and unity under the new and greater David.”
17. “‘“in order that a remnant of the sons of Adam may [earnestly] seek YHWH along with all the Gentiles upon whom My Name is proclaimed”, declares YHWH, the One who is accomplishing this.’ [Amos 9:11, 12]
This follows the interpretive text of the Greek LXX. The original Hebrew says, “so they may dispossess the remnant of Edom”, but Edom and Adam are very similar, and there is only one letter difference in Hebrew between yiyrshu (they dispossess) and yidr’shu (they earnestly seek), and could easily have been mis-copied in some cases. The Greek text takes it in this direction, possibly to soften the intensity of the Hebrew concept in case less sympathetic foreigners should read it and consider such “unfair” treatment cause for persecution of the Jews.
18. “The things YHWH is doing have been known since ancient times!

19. “Therefore, I say [we should] not trouble those who are returning to YHWH from among the Gentiles.

I say: Gk., It is my ruling/judgment. Don’t the other elders get to share in the ruling? Keyfa has been given the keys, yet Yaaqov has the right to rule after listening to those whose input he considers worthy. (See note on v. 22.) Returning: If they were merely Gentiles, they would only be “turning”, but since Yeshua was sent to the lost sheep of the House of Israel, these include the alienated tribes who assimilated with the Gentiles, and lost their identity. But YHWH did not forget who they were. So He sent the envoys after them so He could begin reuniting the two houses of Israel. The Hebrew term used to translate the Aramaic text (shavim) clearly denotes coming back; if “turning” was the intent (as it is ambiguous in Greek), a different Hebrew word (sur as used in verse 20) would have been more appropriate. Yaaqov recognizes that those raised in a pagan context cannot be expected at first to understand everything the Jews have known. Note, though, that he does not say, “Tell them not to worry about it”, for if they are to call themselves Israel, they must act in a way that is recognizable as Israelite:
20. “Rather, we should send them [word] that they must turn from the defilement of what is slaughtered and from [various forms of] fornication and from what is strangled and from the blood.
What is slaughtered: the Greek version has “the defilement of idols”, thus stating the implication more directly. This undoubtedly refers to the meat offered to idols (as per the Greek version of v. 29 and 21:25) which Sha’ul deals with often. (1 Cor. 8:10; 10:19) This has many applications today—Christmas trees, steeples, crosses—anything that in any way has been dedicated to pagan elohim, even if it now has a Christian name. Even the English names of the days and months reflect their names. While we are not fully there until we are speaking purely Hebrew, he wants them to evidence a pattern of removing these things from their lives, for they are incompatible with Israel. Setting such boundaries in our lives will indeed make us uncomfortable since we cannot even speak the language of those around us without awkward circumlocutions. This demands that we become a tighter community while still in exile, for we will need support and reinforcement in all these lifestyle changes. What is strangled: deprived of life without shedding blood. Even a dull knife can strangle the animal on its own blood, and this would not then be kosher. The Greek term was actually used in the broader sense much as treif (torn) is used today to mean anything not killed in a kosher manner not only according to the Torah but even according to Jewish tradition, which in some cases is even stricter. The men in verse 1 have a valid point; some aspects of these former Gentiles’ lifestyle could never be palatable to the Jews, and it is a simple fact that the condition they are in is not acceptable to YHWH; it is not an easy message, for those who have lived this way can no longer do so. The disciples are asked to in this case follow Jewish custom in order to avoid any reason for both groups not to sit together at the same table. This way they will not be doing things that sicken the Jews and might get them expelled from the only place they can learn. The blood: Since non-kosher sacrifice, which in essence means meat without the blood drained at the time of slaughter, has already been listed, “blood” here most likely refers to intercourse during a woman’s time of niddah. They are all purity issues, and all are clearly commanded in Torah; without these one cannot be part of a community that holds them as its standard. He will tell them clearly, “We will not exclude you because you are not yet fully-observant, but you must take these steps before you can expect us to welcome you.” Such wisdom! He keeps the landmarks in place, without overwhelming them with too many details, knowing that this would suffocate them in the same way that introducing solid food back to a starving man too quickly can kill him, as seen in the liberated concentration camps after World War II; though he certainly needs food, he must be acclimated to it gradually. So Yaaqov simply says, “Stay within these boundaries and you will not have a problem.” He thus does not alienate either side of the argument, yet stays within the boundaries of Torah.
21. “Because look, since generations of antiquity, Moshe has those who proclaim [him] in every city when they read him in the synagogues on every Sabbath.”
Do not trouble them: I.e., do not lay on them too heavy a burden all at once. But if they are truly Israel, they are responsible to gradually come back into the fullness of Torah-observance insofar as it is possible outside the Land and with no Temple intact. By attending the synagogues, they would learn the rest little by little, and assimilate each aspect into their lives at a realistic pace by which it could sink in and really become part of them. They would know why they are doing it; it would not just be “jumping through hoops”. But on the other hand, we dare not stop at verse 20, because it is contrary to Torah to have one standard for the Jews and another for the other tribes—or even those who are guests among us. Equal weights and measures must be used for both. (Deut. 25:13-16; Lev. 24:22; Num. 15:16) Note that they had to be in the context where both houses of Israel could meet together to be able to learn properly, and they had to submit to the Sabbath (not decide on their own day of worship), which in essence adds two more requirements to the four in v. 20. These fenceposts define the boundaries, so that they can begin to discipline themselves and see the benefits of walking in Torah; they can “connect the dots” and fill in the gaps between them little by little.
22. Then the delegates and elders, along with the whole congregation, selected men from among them to send to Antiokhia with Paulus and Bar-Naba’: Yehudah who was called Bar-Saba and Shila, men who were leaders from the innermost circle of the brothers.
Why do the leaders not even discuss the matter before doing what Yaaqov suggests? Because by this time Yaaqov has risen to prominence among the believers, probably not because he is so much further along in knowledge, though his own faith has solidified and grown stronger since Yeshua’s meeting with him after the resurrection (Mat. 28:10). But though he came along at the “eleventh hour”, he has great authority because in Yeshua’s absence, being the next eldest brother, he is the one with the right to the throne of David, and those who believed in the restoration of the Kingdom gave him the dignity of this recognition. He receives much less attention in the text than Paulus or Keyfa, but his historicity is much better documented outside the Bible (in Josephus and other sources) than any of the other delegates. He is called “Yaaqov the Just” and was considered by his contemporaries as the most righteous man alive. Paulus and Bar-Naba’ were never authorized by these leaders in particular, or trained by them (who indeed had been trained directly by Yeshua), so they cannot be certain that their message will be exactly the same. Yeshua had shown them how to present Him from the Scriptures. (Luqa 24:27) They had the sense that Paulus might not keep the message of Torah in front of the Gentiles as strongly as he should. He was not adequately focusing people on the authority structure by which Israel is to operate, which emanates from Yerushalayim. The king of Israel ruled that all believers follow Yehudah’s standards in this case, so it is incumbent on us today as well. Bar-Saba: apparently the brother of the Yoseyf mentioned in 1:23. Shila: Gk., Silas, short for Silvanus (forest-dweller).
23. And they wrote a letter by their hands, thus: “The delegates, elders, and brothers to those who are in Antiokhia, Syria, and Kilikia, brothers who are from the Gentiles: Shalom!

24. “We have heard that men from among us have gone out and disturbed you with words and confused your souls by saying that it was upon you to be circumcised and keep the Torah—things we did not order them [to say].

Words: The particular Hebrew word is milim. The root word is malal, which is a homonym with the term for circumcision, so they are undoubtedly making a play on words. Confused your souls: Gk., unsettled your consciences, i.e., making you feel guilty where you cannot be reasonably held at fault due to the position another (in this case, your ancestor who turned from Torah) has put you in. We did not order: The men were “from among them”; what was not authorized was statements like that in verse 1 that added interpretations that went too far too soon. The leaders who sent them to bring a corrective to Paulus’ message did not intend for them to overwhelm his students by saying they had to meet all the standards in an impossibly short time.
25. “On account of this we all weighed [it] out when we were gathered together, then chose men and sent them to you with our beloved Paulus and Bar-Naba’--
Weighed out: pondered, reasoned, balanced—i.e., carefully took all the factors into consideration. Beloved: While Sha’ul is being corrected, the Delegated Envoys make it clear that it is in no way to be taken as hostile, and their position in the eyes of those whom they have taught is supported and validated as far as possible.
26. “men who have handed over their souls for the sake of our Master Yeshua the Messiah--
Handed over their souls: or, given up their lives. What an example and standard for us all to reach for!
27. “so we sent with them Yehudah and Shila in order that they could orally articulate to you their consent [to] the words,
Orally: Heb., b’al-peh—the same phraseology used of the “oral torah”, emphasizing that in Hebraic thought, what is spoken verbally reinforces and adds weight to what is merely written. This hints at the possibility that the requirement being promoted in vv. 1-5 included the keeping of the oral torah, not just the written, giving additional meaning to verse 10. In any case, they can “give the sense” by their tone of voice to clarify any ambiguities and elaborate if there are questions about exactly what is meant. They can also vouch for the fact that this letter is not a forgery and confirm that indeed there are no ways to get around the ruling.
28. “because the spirit of being set apart—and we too--had a desire that there should not be an excessive burden put upon you more than these necessary matters:
Necessary: pressing, urgent. Yet Christianity has come so far from the original intent of the delegates that even these most basic of principles seem foreign!
29. “that you distance yourselves from what is slaughtered and from blood and from what is strangled and from [various forms of] fornication. And when you guard your souls from these, you will do well. Be firm in our Master!”
What is slaughtered: or “sacrificed” as the term is specially used in a ritual sense. Verse 20, when Yaaqov is explaining what needed to be done, is more explicit: it is “the defilement of what is slaughtered.” But in any context outside of Yerushalayim, anything “sacrificed” would be in the context of idolatry. Firm: set up, stationed, mustered up. I.e., do not let yourselves be swayed by those who would make Yeshua’s yoke seem heavy or who would put Torah out of your reach. (Mat. 11:28-30; Deut. 30:11-14—note the reversal of numbers in these two verses with the same theme!)
30. So those who were sent came to Antiokhia, assembled all the people, and gave them the letter.

31. And when they read it, they were glad and took comfort.

32. And with many words they strengthened the brothers, and the fellowship of Yehudah and Shila confirmed them, being that they indeed were also prophets.

Confirmed: fulfilled the intent expressed in the last sentence of the letter. It confirmed to the young believers that they were not missing any of YHWH’s favor while they were still far from keeping the Torah perfectly, as long as they were taking respectable steps in the “spirit” of that intent—that is, already riding the current that was taking them in that direction. As long as they were headed home, the prodigal’s father would meet them before they reached home.
33. And after they had been there some time, the brothers released them in peace [to go back] to the delegates.

34. Paulus and Bar-Naba’ remained in Antiokhia, teaching and proclaiming the glad news (the word of Elohim) with many others.

35. Then after how many days Paulus said to Bar-Naba’, “Let’s go back and inspect the brothers in every city where we proclaimed the word of Elohim, and see how they are doing.”

How they are doing: or, what they are accomplishing. Since the elders have held him accountable, he realizes he must go back and make sure those he had established are also being held accountable, and that the elders he put in place over them will teach them these same standards. Yaaqov’s epistle showed how the things Paulus had taught could easily be misconstrued as libertine, though he certainly did not intend them to be taken that way. He wrote to people he had taught, and so did not state the parameters for interpretation in some cases, and Yaaqov’s concerns have proven true. As Keyfa said (2 Keyfa/Peter 3:16), his words have been wrested (literally, tortured) from their original context.
36. And Bar-Naba’ wanted to take along Yochanan who was called Marqos.

37. But Paulus did not want to take him with them, since he had abandoned them when they were in Pamfulia and did not go on with them.

38. On account of this disagreement, they separated from one another, and Bar-Naba’ took along Marqos, and they embarked by sea and traveled to Cyprus.

Bar-Naba’ was more patient with his nephew, but Sha’ul later expressed acceptance of Marqos. (See additional details on this relationship in 1 Cor. 9:6; 2 Tim. 4:11; Filemon 24.)
39. But Paulus selected Shila for himself, and went out after being entrusted by the hands of the brothers into Elohim’s [kind] mercy,
We would think from verse 33 that Shila was back in Yerushalayim by this time, but to be released does not force one to go; the Greek version adds an explanatory note after v. 33 that Shila thought it worthwhile to stay on in Antiokhia. (Therefore there is one more verse in the Greek version of this chapter than the Aramaic.)
40. and traveled throughout Syria and Kilikia and strengthened the congregations.


CHAPTER 16

1. When they reached the city of Derbi and Lüstra, there was a disciple there whose name was Timotheos, the son of a believing Jewish woman, though his father was Aramean.
Timotheos means “honoring to Elohim”. Aramean: in Greek it says “a Greek”, and this pattern of substitution is common; in both cases it undoubtedly can often simply mean “non-Jewish” without indicating a particular nationality.
2. And all the disciples from Lüstra and Iqanon were bearing witness concerning him.

3. Paulus wanted to take him with him, so he took and circumcised him on account of the Jews who were in the district, because they all knew that his father was Aramean.

Today Jews trace their “Jewishness” through their mothers, possibly based on the pattern seen in Ezra 10:2-3, in which children of foreign wives were considered foreign, probably because the mothers raise the children from the earliest age, and also because of how common rape by foreign conquerors became, in which cases it was difficult to determine who the father was. But this practice began much later than this; there are no matrilineal genealogies in the Renewed Covenant (except one of Yeshua’s, for a different reason). Timotheos’ mother Evnike had raised him in the Scriptures since he was a child (2 Tim. 3:15), yet apparently she was influenced by his father not to circumcise him. Yet we see in Timotheos’ correct choice a tikkun (reparation) for the other “son of an Israelite woman” with a Gentile father (Lev. 24:10-14), who had instead blasphemed YHWH. This verse is often taken to mean that he was only circumcised because he was half-Jewish, and otherwise it would not matter. But this contradicts chapter 15, which stipulates that non-Jewish believers take steps to make them palatable to Jews, so they could remain in an environment where they could learn the rest of the Torah, which includes circumcision. These Jews had to be some of those who believed in Yeshua, because why else would they care if this half-Gentile was circumcised? They were watching Paulus to make sure he was carrying out what he was sent to do. And if he was teaching what was intended to lead others to circumcision, he would not be considered credible if he brought along as a trainee someone who was not mature enough in Torah to even be circumcised yet:
4. And as they passed through the cities, they proclaimed and taught them to observe the orders that the Delegated Envoys and the elders in Yerushalayim had written,

5. and indeed the congregations were established in the faith and growing in number with each day.

Established: or consolidated. I.e., they were all brought to agreement on an important question.
6. Then they went through the regions of Früggia and Galatya [land of the Gauls], but the spirit of being set-apart restrained them from speaking the Word of Elohim in Asiya [“eastern”].
Galatya: the region where he had caused the most confusion by his emphasis on belief before circumcision through his letterto the Galatians, so it was especially important that he take this message there. Asiya: west of Früggia, an area that was nevertheless reached with the Gospel of the Kingdom, even by Paulus himself. The seven congregations in Revelation 2-3 are there. But this was the season for strengthening the existing congregations, as important as it would later be to establish new ones. Even the need of the lost sheep there had to wait until correctives were made to the message. They were thus to be kept set apart from something that was not kingdom priority at the time, as tempting as it was to break new ground. The light from the existing congregations would have to permeate into Asiya. Today we are at a similar stage of correcting mis-teachings before the largest influx of believers realize they are actually Israelite. As we do so, and as we gather into community, we will form a more intense “lighthouse” effect that will be much more potent than a single firefly in isolation.
7. And when they arrived in the region of Müsia [land of beech trees], they wanted to go from there to Bithünia [violent rushing], but the spirit of Yeshua did not allow them.
Now the time apparently had come to enter new territory, for Paulus had not visited this region on his first trip. Why did he “want to” go into Bithünia in particular? Jewish legend says (at least some of) the northern tribes of Israel had crossed over a river called the Sanbatyon, never to be heard from again. Yochanan Hevroni Ben-David has identified the Sanbatyon as the Bosporus Strait (near present-day Istanbul), which connects the Aegean Sea to the Black Sea, and at times flowing back and forth between the two. In the language of that region, san meant “river”, and it is easy linguistically to trace batyon to Bithünia (alternate spelling Bithynia, the region of northern Turkey just south of the Black Sea). Thus the Bosporus would have been called “the river of Bithynia” (alternate spelling). It is the gateway from Asiya Minor into Europe—a natural “jumping-off place” for migration of a large number of them into Europe, according to Dell Griffin. As they assimilated with the nations, the Jews lost track of who they were—and so did they themselves. Bithünia had thus long been a place where the northern tribes of Israel were known to have settled, so naturally Sha’ul would think it logical to look for them there. But apparently by this time most had already moved on. Spirit of Yeshua” Aramaic; the Greek version simply says “the spirit”.
8. So when they left Müsia, they came to the area of Troas.
Troas is on the northwestern coast of Turkey, right where the Bosporus Strait meets the Aegean Sea.
9. And in a vision at night there appeared to Paulus one like a man from Maqedonia standing and begging him as he said, “Come over to Maqedonia and help me!”
Iyov (Job) 33:15-18 links dreams with instruction that keep us from going in the wrong direction. Help me: Greek, help us. Maqedonia is northwest of the Aegean Sea and north of Greece.
10. When Paulus saw this vision, we immediately wanted to leave for Maqedonia, because we discerned that our Master was calling us to tell them the glad news.
We: By this point, Luqa has joined Paulus and begins to travel with him, possibly as a medical assistant (as Col. 4:14 identifies him as a physician), and thus much of his account is written from direct experience, with Paulus filling in most of the other details. Luqa was with Paulus when he wrote the letter to the Colossians, 2 Timotheos (4:11), and Filemon (1:24).
11. So we embarked from Troas and headed straight for Samothraqeh, and from there the very next day we came to the city of Niapolis,

12. and from there to Filippos, which is the capital of Maqedonia, and it is a colony. And we were in this city on definite days.

13. And on the Sabbath day, we went out to the outside of the city gate to the riverbank, since we had seen a house of prayer there. And when we had sat ourselves down, we spoke with the women who were gathering there.

Sabbath: Greek, the day of the Sabbaths (plural), or weeks, hinting that the “definite” days referred to the counting of the omer, the seven weeks counted from the firstfruits of the barley harvest until Shavuoth. A house of prayer: or simply, a place of prayer. In a pagan city, it was common for Jews to meet outside of town by a river, where it would be easy to carry out ritual washings prior to praying. It would also be safe for men and women to interact there as seen here, since no one who was ritually defiled would be present for that reason. If the synagogue were in the city, they would be defiled again the moment they stepped out of the miqveh. Where are the men? Some sects of Judaism were by this time already segregating men and women, either by location or time of liturgy. But women are also more attuned to spiritual things, and it may be that Paulus and Shila wanted to convince the women, who would catch on more quickly,
14. And one woman, a seller of purple, who was a fearer of Elohim, whose name was Lüdia, from the city of Theatirah—our Master had opened the heart of this one to hear [and respond to] what Paulus was saying.
Purple: either the dye itself or products dyed purple, such as clothing. A fearer of Elohim: a special term for one considering conversion to Judaism and studying toward that end. Such a “Gentile” would be a prime “suspect” of being one of the lost sheep of the House of Israel. Lüdia, or Lydia, means “labor/travail of YHWH” in Hebrew. Theatirah (Thüatira in Greek) means “odor of affliction”. Since she was from there, she may have returned, and it may be that she was the one chosen to take the message back there, as that is one of the towns that had a key congregation by the time Yochanan sent a special message there from Yeshua as recorded in Revelation 2 some forty years later.
15. So she and the children of her household were immersed and begged us, saying, “If you are truly confident that I have trusted in our Master, [then] come, stay as guests in my house!” And she urged us very strongly.
A woman who had this much authority over a house was most likely to have been a widow, unless this particular city had a matriarchal society.
16. Then what took place as we were walking to the place of prayer, a young woman met us who had within her a spirit of divination, and she brought much commercial business to her master by the divination she practiced.
Divination: both the Greek and Hebrew terms are related to a word for a snake, and in Hebrew, hissing in particular. The Greek specifies a python, for Pütho was the region where the oracle of Delfi was located, so it suggests a territorial spirit of that region. This oracle was so consistently accurate that kings would consult her. She even prophesied the birth of Messiah at the right time. Her “logo” was the python, and this has been passed on to “fortune-tellers” to this day. But this connection goes back even further, to the symbol of the cobra on Pharaoh’s headdress. Prophecy was seen as providing control over the unpredictable unknown—and this desire goes all the way back to Eden. YHWH’s command that Moshe pick up his rod (symbol of authority) that had turned into a snake thus symbolized his taking up of a prophetic calling.
17. And she came behind Paulus and us, and she cried out while saying, “These men are the servants of El Most High, and are proclaiming to you the glad news of the path of life!”
El Most High: true, but still she dos not specify his Name; in a Greek context people would assume she was speaking about Zeus. Aside from having taken up the spirit of prophecy without authority and “casting pearls before swine” by giving this message to an audience different from the ones it was intended for, this became downright irritating to Paulus:
18. And she did this for many days, and Paulus became irritated and said to this spirit, “I am placing orders upon you in the name of Yeshua the Messiah, that you leave her!” And in but a moment, it came out.

19. And when her masters saw that their source of trade had left her, they seized Paulus and Shila and dragged them away and brought them to the public square.

This “serpent’s” head was crushed indeed. (Gen. 3:15) Source: literally, hope or expectation. Square: actually circle in Hebrew! In Greek, it is a marketplace.
20. And they had them approach the highest-of-rank and the heads of the city and said, “These men are disturbing our city, because they are Jews,
Highest-of-rank: Greek, magistrates.
21. “and are preaching to us customs that we are prohibited from receiving or practicing since we are Romans!”
Customs: the particular ones commanded in chapter 15: having nothing to do with idols (a prohibition which went against Roman law, which dictated on what days one was to sacrifice to which idol, some of which involved the eating of swine’s flesh) or fornication (often very particularly a part of the ceremony of worshipping pagan deities); circumcision (which offended the Greeks, who considered the human body, especially male, to be perfect in its natural state); and of course, the belief in only one Elohim (since the Romans constantly added to their already-huge pantheon whenever they conquered a new region. But modern Christians are also Romans at root, and they things we teach are also unlawful to them. Keeping the dietary laws? (“That would cramp my freedom in Christ!”) YHWH is one? (But what about the trinity?) Keep the Torah? (“But Christ is the end of the law!”) Not to mention how “politically incorrect” these customs are!
22. And a great mob formed against them. Then the highest-of-rank tore their cloaks and gave orders to whip them.

23. And after they had flogged them extensively, they sent them to the prison-house and gave orders that the prison warden keep a strict watch over them.

Watch: or guard.
24. And when he had received this summons, he brought them in and imprisoned them in the front wing of the “round-house” and shut their feet up in stocks.
Front wing: Greek, inner prison.
25. But in the middle of the night, Paulus and Shila were praying and praising Elohim, and the prisoners were listening to them.

26. Suddenly there was a huge earthquake, and it shook the foundations of the “round-house”, and right away all the doors opened, and everyone’s bonds sprung [releasing them].

27. And when the prison guard woke up and saw that the prison doors were open, he took a dagger and was about to kill himself, because he thought the prisoners had fled.

Was he, like a Samurai warrior, killing himself as a matter of honor for failing his duty? Probably not; he simply wanted to avoid a slow, tortuous death. We know from chapter 12 that it was common to execute a jailer who let his prisoner escape, even if it was not his fault.
28. But Paulus called to him in a loud voice, “Don’t do yourself any harm, because we are all here!”

29. So he kindled a lamp and got up and came trembling, and fell down at Paulus’ and Shila’s feet.

30. Then he took them outside and said to them, “My great ones, what is [it that is] on me to do in order to be rescued?”

Because of the honesty of these prisoners who did not run, he would be spared from being killed by the government with whom he had a contract to guard them. But he was at their mercy now, because he was certain they did not wish to stay in prison, yet surmised that they were innocent.
31. And they told him, “Trust our Master Yeshua the Messiah, and you will be rescued, along with your household.”
There was a way to survive, but it required joining a different kingdom. They were calling him to recognize Israel as his new citizenship, and its King as his new authority, who would somehow enable him to survive. If he is no longer a Roman, the Roman magistrates have no authority over him.
32. And they spoke the word of YHWH to him and to all the sons of his household.

33. And within the hour [that] night he took and washed their wounds, and right away he and all the sons of his household were immersed.

34. And he took them and brought them up to his house, set the table for them, and he and his whole household were rejoicing in the faithfulness of Elohim.

Or, …were joyful as they trusted in Elohim. His house: probably adjacent to, possibly even above, the jail he operated. Jails were not very large in general, so there would not have been a larger number of “other prisoners”.
35. And as the morning brightened up, the highest-of-rank sent bearers of the rods to tell the prison manager, “Set these men free!”
As in Yonah’s case, they probably recognized the earthquake as a sign that they had done the wrong thing in imprisoning these men, for there is no indication that the jailer had informed the authorities. Rods: probably those with which they had flogged them, though the Aramaic says “scepters”.
36. When the prison manager heard, he came in and said this to Paulus: “The highest-of-rank have sent to have you released, so get out now and go in peace!”

37. Paulus told them, “For no crime we were flogged in the sight of the whole world—us! Men who are Roman [citizen]s!—and thrown into prison. And now you are taking us out in secret? No! Only if they come let us out!”

He would not simply let an injustice go unnoticed. Having had no proper triual, they were never officially proven to be in the wrong.
38. So the bearers of the rods went and told the highest-of-rank these words that were spoken to them, and when they heard that they were Roman [citizen]s, they were frightened,
Why would he appeal to his being Roman when he is persuading men that they are truly not Greek, but Israelite? Possibly to discredit Rome’s pride in her justice system, which had failed here. Possibly to provide diplomatic immunity to those he taught who were living here. Many of those who had flogged them were probably not Roman citizens, for one generally had to be born in Rome or purchase citizenship at a high price.
39. and they came to them and begged them to leave and go from the city.

40. And when they left the prison-house, they came to Lüdia, and saw the brothers there, so they encouraged them and departed.

Thus, some men have joined the community here, not just women.


CHAPTER 17

1. And they passed near the cities of Amphipolis [surrounded city] and Apollonia [belonging to the destroyer], and came into Thessaloniki [victory of falsehood], a place where there was a synagogue of the Jews.
Thessaloniki is a large, well-known city on the Thermaic Gulf, and was at that time capital of the second division of Maqedonia and the residence of a Roman governor and quaestor. It was founded after the triumph of Maqedonia to celebrate its new position in the world, and it quickly outgrew the older cities around it to become Maqedonia’s principal city. It is at the junction of two major axes of land routes, and remains an important city even today. (See photos.) The fact that the text points out that there was a synagogue here may mean that in this region they were few and far between.
2. And Paulus congregated with them as was his custom, and for three Sabbaths he spoke to them from within the Writings,
As was his custom: If the Sabbath had been supplanted by the first day, as Christians teach, why was Paulus still attending synagogues and keeping the Sabbath? In fact, he was commissioned to teach the Gentiles to do this very thing! (15:21) This was also Yeshua’s custom. (Luqa 4:16) How is it that those who claim to follow them both do not do the same? Writings: possibly the Scriptures in their entirety, but possibly the specialized meaning of those other than the Torah and prophets, such as the Psalms, wisdom literature, and historical books.
3. as he explained and showed that the Messiah had been ready to undergo suffering and to rise from the house of the dead, “And he is this Yeshua the Messiah about whom I am proclaiming to you this glad news!”
Explained: or commented on; Aramaic, clarified.
4. And several of them concurred and joined themselves to Paulus and Shila, both eminent ones among the Greeks who feared Elohim and not a few of the well-known women.

5. But the Jews were jealous and gathered to themselves malicious people from the streets of the city, convened a huge mob, and got the city in an uproar. They came and assaulted the house of Yason and were seeking to take them from there to hand them over to the mob.

From the streets: Greek, from the loafers in the marketplace. Got the city in an uproar: or, stormed the city. Hand them over: or, inform against them. Yason: possibly a relative of Paulus. (Rom. 16:21)
6. And when they did not find them there, they dragged away Yason and the brothers who were there, and brought them to the heads of the city while they shouted, “These are the ones who have been disturbing the whole earth, and look! Now they have come here!
Disturbing the whole earth: Greek, turning the whole world upside down.
7. "And this Yason has been their host, and they have all risen up in opposition to the commands of Caesar by saying that there is another king—Yeshua!”
Commands: Greek, dogmas. We, too, by proclaiming the coming Kingdom of Yeshua are still going against what is now ruling the world. Having a true king at all even goes against the principles of democracy—which is, incidentally, a Greek concept.
8. And the hair of the heads of the city and all the people stood on end when they heard this.

9. So they took pledges from Yason and also from the brothers, and then they released them.

These local believers posted their bail.
10. And as soon as night came, the brothers sent Paulus and Shila to the city of Bero’ah, and when they arrived there, they congregated in the synagogues of the Jews,
Paulus wrote two (extant) letters back to Thessaloniki out of concern “to conserve his gains from rival teachers and from disillusionment in the face of further agitation.” (E.A. Judge, Professor of History, Macquarie Univ., N,S.W.) Bero’ah: Beroya in Greek, commonly known as Berea. They were still in Maqedonia. The city is situated 50 miles (80 km.) from Thessaloniki, at the foot of Mt. Bermius, near Pella, and was probably founded four to five centuries B.C.E. By this time it was prosperous. Today it is called Verria. It is not to be confused wit the Greek name for the eastern city of Aleppo as in 2 Maccabees 13.
11. because the Jews who were there were more hospitable than the Jews who were in Thessaloniki, and every day they eagerly listened to the word, as they investigated from the Scriptures whether these things were so.
Hospitable: or liberal, free; Greek, noble-minded, of better breeding (from the same root word as “eugenics”). They did not simply react emotionally, as in Thessaloniki, but politely gave his message a fair hearing, and let the facts in Scripture speak for themselves. Investigated: tested, found evidence, clarified, made sure, had it explained. They had access to Torah scrolls in the synagogues where they met.
12. And many of them concurred, and indeed, even some of the Greeks--eminent men and well-known women.

13. And when the Jews—those who were from Thessaloniki—found out that the word of Elohim was being proclaimed on the hands of Paulus in the city of Bero’ah, they came there and did not stop objecting to and disturbing the men.

14. So the brothers sent Paulus to go down to the sea, while Shila and Timotheos were left within the city.

15. And those who accompanied Paulus came with him as far as the city of Athenoi, and when they parted from him, they received from him a letter to Shila and Timotheos [telling them] that they should come to him quickly.

Accompanied: Greek, conducted or arranged for; his administrators—probably those sent along by the Yerushalayim Council (chapter 15) to ensure that he was following instructions, and apparently even setting his itinerary to some extent. Athenoi: Athens, the capital, at the far end of Greece from Bero’ah.
16. And Paulus himself, while he was waiting in Athenoi, became embittered in his spirit as he saw that the city was completely filled with idols.
Embittered: Gk., pained within him. Idols: the Hebrew word means “nothingnesses”, i.e., empty, vain things.
17. So he spoke in the synagogue with the Jews and those who were fearers of Elohim, and in the marketplace all day long with anyone who might be there.
Yeshua had instructed His witnesses not to go in the ways of the Gentiles; possibly those he was targeting in the marketplace were Hellenistic Jews, as they are missing from the list of those he spoke with in the synagogues, as compared to those mentioned earlier in the chapter.
18. Even philosophers from the system of Epicurus and others who were called Stoics, disputed with him. And some of them said, “What does this gatherer of words want?” And others said, “He is heralding foreign [spiritual] powers”, because he had indeed been proclaiming Yeshua and His resurrection to them.
Epicurus (341-270 B.C.E): Born on the isle of Samos, he studied under a disciple of Democritus, and adopted the view that the world was the result of random motion and a combination of atomic particles. There was thus no purpose to existence, so they aimed at materialistic gratification, whether gross and sordid or aesthetic and refined, but without any pursuit of higher moral or spiritual interests and mocked the popular pagan myths. (D. Stern) By 306 he had established a school in Athenoi. The goal of his philosophy was peace through serene detachment, disbelief in divine punishment or an afterlife, the limitation of desire, and the joys and consolations of friendship. Later Epicureans became known for extravagant pursuit of pleasure, which is what they are best known for today. (M.H. Cressey, Principal, Westminster College, Cambridge) His best-known disciple was Lucretius. Stoics: The sect derived its name from the Stoa Poikile, a portico here in Athenoi where its founder, Zeno of Citium (335-263 B.C.E.) first taught. His teaching was codified and carried forward by Chrysippus (280-207 B.C.E.), but by this time the philosophy had been modified by elements of Platonism. They “sought salvation in aligning the will with the inherent reason of the universe”, i.e., find the laws of nature and “go with the flow”, not wanting anything to be different than it is, and fulfill one’s role with disinterested recognition that serving one’s fellow man is natural; love or desire would only bring about suffering. (Cressey) They were pantheists who worshipped a blurry “god” into which everything, including the human soul at death, is absorbed, rather than a creator who ruled independently of human ideas. They had a higher moral view than the Epicureans, but regarded austere apathy as superior to passion. They used reason as a guide, but this did not prevent the first two leaders from committing suicide. It is a philosophy very similar to Buddhism; it viewed the Greek “gods” more as symbolic than literal. We could compare them today to those who spend all their time in internet “chat rooms”, discussing the newest fads and insights, but with no permanent improvement because of them. Gatherer of words: or piler-up of words; colloquially, “blabberer”; Greek, chatterer, dilettante, or, literally, “seed-picker”—one who eclectically picked from a variety of sources. This was too hasty a classification.
19. So they took hold of him and brought him to the judgment-hall that was called Areos Pagos, while saying to him, “Can we know what this new teaching that you proclaim is?
Areos Pagos: a rocky height opposite the western end of the Acropolis (shown in photo) to the northwest, called Mars’ Hill because, Mars (Ares), having slain Halirrhothius, son of Neptune, for the attempted violation of his daughter Alikippe, was supposedly tried here for the murder before a jury of twelve of the gods. This was where the judges convened who, by appointment of Solon, had jurisdiction of capital offences such as willful murder, arson, poisoning, malicious wounding, and breach of established religious usages. The court itself was called Areopagus because of its location, also "Areum judicium" and "curia". Dating from “legendary” times, the Areos Pagos was the most revered institution in Athenoi, though by this time it was more of a figurehead in terms of actual power. Nonetheless, its prestige remained, and it did have special jurisdiction over matters of morals and religion, which is why Paulus was brought to this forum. Except for homicide cases, the council met by this time at the “royal porch” in the marketplace. (F.F. Bruce, University of Manchester) Pagos is the term from which the word “pagan” (“those who worship on hilltops”) is derived.
20. “Because you are sowing strange words into our ears, and we want to know what they are.”
Strange words: Gk., startling things.
21. (All of the Athenians and the foreigners who came there were interested in nothing but to say and hear something new.)
Were interested in: or, occupied themselves with; Gk., had leisure for or cared about. They wanted only to have their ears tickled with novelties, not to do anything with the ideas they were discussing.
22. So when Paulus stood on the Areos Pagos, he said, “Athenian men, I perceive you as being in every way very much into the worship of demons!
Into the worship of demons: Greek, extravagant in your religiousness. Though he is setting them up for a shocking statement, he begins by flattering them, from their point of view.
23. “However, when I was walking around and looking at one of your temples, I found a one cultic platform on which was written, ‘Belonging to the hidden El’. So therefore, what you stand in awe of without being familiar with, about this I proclaim glad news to you,
Hidden: or, mysterious; Gk., unknown. Now he tantalizes them with a statement bound to hold their attention. The history behind this altar is that it was one of many set up by prophet-philosopher Epimenides of Crete when Solon or Nikias invited him to Athenoi in 596 B.C.E. to purify the city after it was visited by a pestilence for the murder of Cylon. He instructed the men of the city to follow a flock of sheep around and mark the places where they might lie down. They did this in the morning when they were the hungriest, assuming that if any of them lay down then it would be a supernatural sign. Wherever they lay down, an altar was built to an elohim whose name they did not know—one that would accept them as a sacrifice in order to stop the plague. (Diogenes Laertius, The Lives of Eminent Philosophers) This was the one remaining altar of many that bore this inscription.
24. “because the El who made the universe and everything that is in it—and He Himself is the Master of the heavens and the earth—He has no dwelling in temples made by [pairs of] hands,
Undoubtedly Paulus gave a broad sweep with his hand, as he was surrounded by such temples on every side.
25. “nor is He served by human hands, nor does He have need of anything, since indeed, He [is the one who] gives every man life and breath.
Narrowing his scope from universal to particular was his way of structuring his message according to forms familiar to the Greek mind, but his conclusions are far from those these philosophers were drawing.
26. “And from one blood He had made the whole world of the sons of Adam, in order that they might inhabit the whole surface of the earth, and by His assignment times were delimited, as well as where the boundaries of the dwelling of the sons of Adam [would be],

27. “so that they might long for and search for Elohim, and from His creations might find Him, because He really is not far from any one of us,

28. “since ‘in Him we live and are motivated and continue to exist’, and also, as some of the wise men who are with you have said, ‘From Him we originated’.

The first quote is from the very Epimenides who had built the altar which he used as his point of departure. He wrote it in a poem addressed to Zeus, whom he proposed was immortal, going against the general opinion in Crete at that time. Paul quotes another part of the same poem in Titus 1:12. Epimenides was one of the founders of Orphism, a philosophy very similar to Hinduism which had a great influence on Greek cultureand later Western mysticism. The second quote is from either Aratus or Cleanthes. (Stern) From Him we originated: Gk., we are His offspring. Paulus’ ability to quote Greek poets so freely did not come from his teacher Gamliel! He evidenced a strong background of study not only in the Torah but also a wide-ranging knowledge of the Greek mind and ability to adapt to their discursive style, having grown up outside Israel. This may be why those who arranged Paulus’ itinerary (see note on v. 15) chose him to be the one to speak to the Athenians, since the more conservative leaders in Yerushalayim did not have this background, but were trained by direct experience with Yeshua and encounters with the Torah. He may have carried his identification with their concepts a little too far, for Epimenides’ ideas bear many resemblances to what Christianity became—a reincarnation of the righteous, evil punished in the nether world, the body as the prison of the soul, a divine child, and a strong emphasis on self-denial. Paulus’ seeming endorsement of Epimenides may have made it too easy for later believers to twist his statements (2 Keyfa 3:16) by identifying them with a Greek understanding of similar ideas, for most seminarians today have a much more Hellenistic than Hebraic approach to Scripture.
29. “Therefore, O ‘men who have originated from Elohim’, we are not under obligation to imagine that the deity is comparable to gold or to silver or to stone chiseled by human art or skill!
Gold: The above-mentioned philosophy of Orphism spawned a strong interest in alchemy, in which men tried to turn lesser-quality materials into gold. This was considered a scientific pursuit, and as carried on by the Arabs later, did result in much knowledge about chemistry through their trial and error. Paulus parallels this concept by saying that YHWH is not made from lesser things like stone, no matter how precious, but transcends all of these and men’s minds as well. He made us; we do not create Him!
30. “Behold, Elohim has passed over the times of wandering in error, but at this time he is ordering all the sons of Adam—each one in every place—to repent,
Passed over the times of wandering in error: or, caused the times of ignorance to pass.
31. “because indeed He has fixed a day in which He is preparing to judge the whole earth correctly by the hands of a man that He has appointed, and He will cause all of humanity to turn to trusting Him by raising Him from the house of the dead.”
Departing from his typical appeal to lost sheep of the House of Israel, Paulus on this one occasion preaches a universal message, possibly based on the assumption that the fullness of the Kingdom was just around the corner and so all nations, which would soon be influenced by the Torah and responsible to pay tribute to the King of Israel, should be preparing for the changes that would mean for them. It should be noted that he did not choose this audience of his own free will, but he was apprehended and taken there.
32. But when they heard about the resurrection from the dead, many of them ridiculed, but many of them said, “We will listen to you concerning this at a later time.”
The Epicureans, who believed in no afterlife, would indeed find the resurrection and judgment to be uncomfortable subjects.
33. With that, Paulus went out from among them,

34. and several of them attached themselves to him and had confidence; one of them was Dionüsios, from among the judges of the Arios Pagos, and one woman whose name was Damaris, as well as others along with them.

Despite his unlikely audience, he did succeed in convincing some. Dionüsios is named after the divine child fathered by Zeus when he supplanted Cronus, who formed the universe, according to Greek mythology. Paulus may have caught this judge’s attention when he spoke of YHWH’s impending judgment of the whole world.


CHAPTER 18

1. And after Paulus left Athenoi, he came to Korinthos.
Korinthos is on the western end of the isthmus between Akhaya and the Peloponnesus, some 40 miles (65 km.) west of Athenoi. Much trade was taken across this isthmus rather than around the stormy southern promontories, so Korinthos became a flourishing center of trade, especially in ceramics, as within a few miles there were also two major harbors (Qankre’os on the southeast and Lekhaium one the west). Its name means “satiated”, and it was known for its high level of immorality due to a temple to Aphrodite, the goddess of love. There is a huge acropolis towering some 1,600 feet above the rest of the city. According to Prof. J.H. Harrop, it had been a Maqedonian then an Akhayan-league city opposed to Rome until in 146 B.C.E., Rome razed it and sold all its inhabitants into slavery; Caesar rebuilt it in 46 B.C.E., and Augustus made it the capital of the new province of Akhaya, which was ruled separately from Maqedonia.
2. And there he met one Jewish man whose name was Aküla, from the region of Pontos, who had recently come from the land of Italia—he and his wife Priskillah, since Caesar Claudius had ordered all the Jews to leave Roma. So he approached them.
Suetonius (75-160 C.E.) wrote that Claudius expelled the Jews because they “were continually making disturbances at the instigation of Chrestus. Stern thinks Suetonius was mispronouncing “Christos” (the Greek word for Messiah or anointed one), thinking this was one of the disputes between Messianic and other Jews such as seen in this very chapter and throughout the book in other cities. This event is dated at 49 C.E., and it is not certain whether there were Messianic believers in Rome yet at that time.
3. Since he was a son of their [same] craft, he stayed with them and worked with them. (By their craft, they were saddle-makers.)
Craft: or art; Greek, trade. Saddle-makers: though this is not the term used in the Scriptures for saddles; others interpret the Aramaic word to mean canvas-makers; the Greek says tent-makers, and some interpret it to mean they made taliyoth (prayer shawls). A tent-maker would be an excellent picture, since “living in tents” is figurative in Scripture of being taught in the ways of Shem (that is, the knowledge of YHWH). At a time when most people lived in houses, who would use tents? Those who came up to Yerushalayim for the pilgrim festivals—and shepherds. Since Paulus was training shepherds for the congregations he started, his spiritual ministry would thus strongly parallel his means of livelihood. It is not stated whether or not this couple were believers in Messiah prior to this; Paulus may simply have been looking for a way to earn income, and since they were Jewish, he knew he could eat what they ate with no problem, since he did not allow those he taught to support him financially, at least while in Korinthos. (2 Kor. 10:9) They would have plenty of occasions to talk with them about the Messiah as they worked together.
4. And he would speak in the synagogue on every Sabbath, and would convince Jews and pagans.
Pagans: Heb., servants of elilim (idols or vanities); the Greek text calls them Greeks or possibly Hellenists.
5. And when Shila and Timotheos arrived from Maqedonia, he (Paulus) was hard-pressed with speaking,
Greek, was pressed by the Spirit, earnestly testifying.
6. because of the presence of those Jews who rose up in opposition to him, and they insulted [him] whenever he bore witness that Yeshua was the Messiah. So he shook out his garments and told them, “From now on, I am innocent; I am going to the Gentiles!”
Insulted: or, blasphemed. Shook out his garments: an act Nekhemyah had performed (Nkh. 5:7-13) to show what YHWH would do to those who would not keep their promise to stop charging interest to their fellow Jews, who had been redeemed from slavery to Gentiles. Innocent: Greek, clean. He is no longer attached to those who have heard the truth but will not accept it. The Greek term for “Gentiles” here can also mean “tribes”, which was his actual target audience. The Greek adds the phrase, “Your blood be upon your own heads!”, which is not in the Aramaic. This would remind these learned Jews of Y’hezq’el 33:2-9, but also of 2 Shmu’el 9:16 in which David kills the one who says he has killed King Sha’ul—“YHWH’s Anointed” (the same word as “Messiah”). The very ones who did kill the Messiah called this same judgment down on themselves. (Mat. 27:25) We still do see Paulus going to many synagogues and talking to the Jews after this, so he was saying this mainly to insult them in hopes of jarring them to action. They were meant to be a light to the Gentiles, but since they obviously do not understand what this means, he says he will do it himself. He has shown them the only effective way to do something about all the paganism that surrounds them, so if they lament the fact that it remains, they have no excuse, since they would not listen to the solution. Compare 28:25-28.
7. And he left there and entered into the house of a man who was named Titus, who was a fearer of Elohim, and his house was near the synagogue.
Titus: the Greek has Iustus (“the just one”, probably a nickname) Near: Greek, beside. He was not a Jew, and yet possibly wanted to live as close as possible to the place where he had discovered there was truth. He was one of these Gentiles to whom the Jews were meant to be a light. It was common for a “beadle” (care-taker, the only paid employee of a synagogue) to live next door. They may have chosen a non-Jew for this post so that they could ask him to do the work they could not do on the Sabbath. He must have nonetheless learned much in the process. This Titus is mentioned on numerous occasions in Paulus’ second letter back to this city, as apparently (according to Guthrie) he had been acting as Paulus’ representative there during the year prior to its writing. (8:16) It seems anachronistic to identify this man with the Titus mentioned in Gal. 2:1-3, as apparently he was not yet a believer in Yeshua at that time. (Titus was a very common name, including that of the Roman general who sacked the Temple in 70 C.E.) He does appear to be the same man to whom Paulus wrote the epistle that bears this name, in which case he later became a pivotal leader of the believers in Crete.
8. And Krispos, the rabbi of the synagogue, believed in our Master—he and all the sons of his household. And many of the Korinthians listened and believed in Elohim and were immersed.
Paulus’ ploy in v. 6 worked for someone too learned not to admit he was right. Krispos means “curled”—possibly a nickname also, based on his pe’oth. He was one of the very few whom Sha’ul (Paulus) immersed personally. (1 Kor. 1:14)
9. Then the Master said to Paulus in a vision, “Don’t be afraid, but rather speak and do not be silent,
It is ambiguous whether “the Master” refers to YHWH or Yeshua, but it could be the third vision in which Yeshua spoke directly to Paulos.
10. “because I am with you, and not a man can do you harm, and I have a large [group of] people in this city.”
The last thing one would expect anyone to tell Paulus was to keep talking! So there must have been some perceived danger that made him wonder if he should “lay low”. He may have thought that since he had “landed such a big fish”, too much trouble would come to Krispos if he kept speaking, as verse 17 (especially in Greek) suggests that Krispos had quickly been replaced by Sosthenes once he admitted Paulus was right. In any case, this was not the time to lay low, for there were more people who were ready to hear him. But another meaning of this vision is that YHWH already had people positioned in strategic places to keep Paulus from being harmed, as we will see below. Note that He did not say He would work miracles to protect him; rather, he used people with leverage to his advantage. The verse immediately after “YHWH is for me. I will not fear; what can man do to me?” says, “YHWH is on my side through those who help me.” (Psalm 118:6-7)
11. So he stayed one year and six months in Korinthos, and taught them the word of Elohim.
Apparently he no longer taught in the synagogue, but had established a new congregation of those expelled from it because of their belief in Yeshua as Messiah. He gave them a firm foundation by teaching them directly for such a long time.
12. But when Gallion became commissioner of Akhaia, the Jews congregated together on account of Paulus, and made him come before the seat of judgment,
Akhaia: one of the principal sections of Greece, northwest of Athenoi. An inscription at Delphi (also in Akhaia) places the date when Gallion (whose name means “one who lives on milk”) was proconsul between 51 and 53 C.E. He was brother to Jucius Annaeus Seneca, the philosopher. Jerome, in the Chronicle of Eusebius, says that he committed suicide in 65 A.D. Winer thinks he was put to death by Nero. Seat of judgment: Greek, bema, a tribunal, a raised platform often with a throne on it.
13. while they said, “This is one who persuades sons of Adam to be fearers of Elohim without Torah!”
Without Torah: Paulus’ earlier reputation for not insisting that those returning from among the Gentiles did not need to keep the whole Torah yet, though this had since been clarified and remedied elsewhere, apparently had preceded him. The Greek text says “contrary to Torah”; since those who merely heard the Torah read in the synagogues did not have their own copies of the Scriptures to read along, they could not distinguish between what was Scripture and what was commentary interjected between it by the reader, as was commonly done. Oral tradition came to be indistinguishable from what was actually written, and today it has gotten to the point that the Talmud (which is merely interpretive opinion) is considered an integral part of the Torah itself in the minds of many Jews. Therefore they imagined that the ban on the verbalization of YHWH’s name was something Moshe himself had commanded. Since Paulus went against this custom, in their eyes he was contradicting the Torah itself. Paulus had actually consented to the stoning of Stefanos for the very same reason. (See note on 7:57.)
14. But when Paulus sought to open his mouth and speak, Gallion said to the Jews, “O Jews! If only you were bringing accusation about something evil or what was fraudulent or loathsome, I would have accepted you as appropriate.
Greek: according to reason I would endure you. Note that YHWH used the circumstance of his not being able to “get a word in edgewise” to save him from getting into further trouble through words that might anger them even more.
15. “But if the problems are concerning a word or names or about your Torah, you are acquainted [with the distinctions] between them, because I have no desire to be a judge in these affairs.”
Names: probably indicative of the fact that he was using the true Name of YHWH, which angered those who had adopted the custom of not voicing YHWH’s Name at all out of an unhealthy fear of upsetting Him—a tradition learned from Babylon and revived after a respite in which the Maccabees restored its usage but people had carried it too far in the other direction and became careless about discarding documents with His Name written on it. Those who were jealous of Paulus would use any detail they disagreed with to try to discredit him. You are acquainted: Greek, you see to it yourself.
16. And he expelled them from the seat of judgment.

17. When all the servants of idols seized Sosthenes, an elder of the synagogue, and beat him in front of the judgment hall, Gallion was unmoved by such things.

Servants of idols: the Greek text says “the Greeks”. This may have been a separate event to highlight his attitude of aloofness from all religious disputes, or it may be an immediate result of the foregoing dispute. Unmoved by: or ruthless about; Aramaic, neglectful of; Greek, none of this mattered to him I. Howard Marshall says the Greeks took advantage of Gallion’s policy of non-interference as a license to indulge their anti-Semitic sentiments. In any case, both they and Gallion (v. 16) were some of those people YHWH had put in place in this city to protect Paulus (v. 10). YHWH had already hardened men’s hearts to oppose those Jews who refused to listen to that which the Torah had been so clearly demonstrated to be pointing toward.
18. Now after Paulus was there for many days, he blessed the brothers with peace and set sail to travel to Syria by sea, and Priskillah and Aküla came with him after he shaved his head at Qankre’os on account of a vow he had taken.
The only type of vow for which the Torah specifies that the heads is to be shaved (before beginning and when it is fulfilled) is a Nazir’s vow. (Num. 6:2, 18) It may be that Paulus had not cut his hair since he was first sent on this journey. But one must only cut off the hair of his separation in the presence of the priests at the sanctuary when it is standing (Num. 6:18-19), so apparently Paulus had broken his vow. He may have inadvertently touched a dead body, or an enemy may have even maliciously sneaked a grape product into his food (as Amos 2:12 said some had made a practice of doing to Nazirites). Since he had been away from Yerushalayim for two years at the very least and Jews did not normally grow their hair so long for other reasons, it would be obvious to all that he was under a Nazirite vow, and this might have been the only “pot shot” those who were unable to discredit him in any other way felt they could use to trip him up.
19. And when they arrived at Efesos, Paulus entered into the synagogue and spoke with the Jews.
Spoke: Greek, reasoned.
20. And they begged him to stay with them [longer], but he did not consent,

21. as he said, “I must by all means do the coming feast in Yerushalayim, and if Elohim wills, I will come back to you.”

By all means: literally, “on every face”. Compare his eagerness to arrive there again in time for Shavuoth in 20:16. The Mishnah says that the a Nazirite vow undertaken outside the Land of Israel is invalid, so if he had to begin his vow over again (as per ) he would need to get back to Yerushalayim as quickly as he could to do so, and since the command is for every anyone who is able to be there for the three pilgrim festivals, he might as well fulfill both duties at the same time.
22. And he left Aküla and Priskillah in Efesos, and he set sail by sea and came to Caesarea, then went up and greeted the sons of the congregation, then walked to Antiokhia himself.
Caesarea: the closest major port to Yerushalayim. Went up: an idiom for traveling to Yerushalayim in particular. Greeted: literally, asked for the peace—a Hebrew idiom. Thus begins Paulus’ third such “missionary journey” (which continues through 21:16). He may have written his first letter back to Korinthos before he left them behind, since he tells the Korinthian believers in 1 Kor. 16:19 that this couple wished to send their greetings along with his.
23. And after he had been there many days, he left and went around from place to place in the regions of Fruggia and Galatya while strengthening the disciples.
This would be his third visit to that region, possibly again to be sure they were clear about the things he had taught somewhat carelessly the first time, being corrected by the Yerushalayim Council.
24. And one man whose name was Appawllo, a Jew whose origin was from Alexandria and was a capable orator and competent in the Scriptures, came to Efesos.
Alexandria: near the mouth of the Nile River in Egypt, and the chief center of Hellenistic Judaism, where the Jewish intellectual Philo lived, and possibly was still alive at this time. It had its own style of “reform Judaism” which made accommodations to Greek culture, and even had its own temple. (Stern) Some 250 years earlier the Septuagint (LXX) had been translated here. Competent: erudite, skilled.
25. This one was well-taught in the way of the Master and had become enthusiastic in spirit, and he spoke and taught about Yeshua in a full manner, except that he did not know any immersion but Yochanan’s.
Enthusiastic: or fervent; literally, flaming. In a full manner: Greek, accurately. Yochanan had taught repentance because the King was coming soon. Yochanan’s teaching must have gotten as far as Alexandria, at least in some record that found its way to its library, which was the world’s largest. But being away from the Land of Israel, it may have taken time for news that the King had already come and twenty years earlier begun to establish His Kingdom to reach Appawllo either in Alexandrai, Efesos, or en route between them. Now immersion was not merely into the preparatory repentance, but into the Kingdom itself. He needed to be taken a step further:
26. And he began to speak boldly in the synagogue, and when Aküla and Priskillah heard him, they brought him into the house and taught him the way of the Master [more] completely.

27. And when he wanted to go to Akhaia, the brothers held him back [until] they wrote to the disciples that they should receive him. So when he went, he helped all the believers very much through the hands of mercy,

28. because he argued forcefully against the Jews in front of the congregation by showing them about Yeshua from the Scriptures—that he is the Messiah.

Showing them: Greek, proving. Forcefully: or firmly; Aramaic, prevailingly. He was such an effective teacher that in some people’s eyes, especially in Korinthos (19:1), he began to rival even Paulus and Keyfa. Paulus did not like the insinuation that there were substantial distinctions between their messages (1 Kor. 1:12ff), for their gifts supplemented one another (1 Kor. 3:6), and he later looked to Paulus for direction to some extent (1 Kor. 16:12; Titus 3:13), probably because those who taught him had been directly taught by Paulus.


CHAPTER 19

1. Now during the time Appawllo was in Korinthos, Paulus was going around in the higher districts and came to Efesos and was asking the disciples whom he found there,
Higher: in altitude—that is, mountainous or plateau regions. Efesos: An Anatolian settlement colonized by Ionians around the time of David and Shlomo, it was conquered by Croesus around 560 B.C.E., and he glorified it with great artistry. 16 years later it fell to the Persians and became part of the Kingdom of Pergamum, which Attalus III bequeathed to Roma in 133 B.C.E. It was now the principal city in the Roman province of Asiya on the west coast of what is now Turkey. Situated at the mouth of the Caÿster River between the Coressus Mountains and the sea and at the end of a major land trade route, it was an important export center. It would later become the headquarters of Yochanan the Envoy, and by a generation after his time, the congregation here was still well-known and faithful, according to Ignatius, a contemporary writer. The shoreline has since been silted in and the city is 10 miles from the coast. Its ruins are still plentiful and well-preserved. Paulus fulfilled his promise to try to return after his trip to Yerushalayim. (18:21) The disciples: This time he found some who had already been partially taught, so the bar is raised. He no longer spends much time reasoning with those who have no knowledge, but teaches those who have responded, in great depth. There comes a time when we no longer need to deal with those who have not repented.
2. “Did you receive the spirit of being set-apart after you believed?” They answered and told him, “We hadn’t even heard that there is a spirit of being set-apart!”
They would have certainly had a concept of the spirit of which even David had written. But they did not know the King had already arrived, so how could they have His kingdom as their priority? Today many Jews ask returning Efrayim why we keep the Torah when we don’t “have to”, as they do. This shows that they lack true Hebraic perspective—the spirit of holiness--which is meant to move us closer to the Kingdom.
3. And he said to them, “Then into what were you immersed?” They said, “Into Yochanan’s immersion.”
This shows how far Yochanan’s disciples had carried his message of repentance. But though Yochanan did not leave Yeshua out of his message, this shows that his main emphasis was on the repentance prerequisite to the Kingdom. These people had been taught that they needed to return to the Torah, so they are called “taught ones”. But they have heard very little about what Yeshua accomplished, though they certainly would have heard a little about Him. News traveled much more slowly in these days.
4. Paulus told them, “Yochanan immersed the people with an immersion of repentance, as he said that they should put confidence in this one who was coming after him—that it was Yeshua the Messiah.”
Aküla and Priskillah had just been teaching Appawllo something similar in the same city. (18:25) But he had apparently gone on to Korinthos without teaching others here this same thing. (A prophet is not appreciated in his own city, as Yeshua said.)
5. And when they heard these words, they were immersed into the name of our Master, Yeshua the Messiah.
Into the name: that is, into the reality of everything He represents—His accomplishments, His personality, power, and reputatiuon. (Stern) Note that they responded with no questions asked; Yochanan’s teaching had laid the groundwork well and they were ready to receive the next step.
6. Then Paulus laid his hands on them, and the spirit of being set-apart came over them, and they spoke with different languages and were prophesying.
Different languages: a word play in Hebrew, in which it is pronounced, bilshonoth shonoth, though these are based on two different root words. This was a phenomenon seen at strategic junctures (2:4; 8:17; 9:17; 10:44-48) but by no means on every occasion where people put confidence in Yeshau. They were in a cosmopolitan city where (as in chapter 2) many languages were spoken, and for each to understand the full impact of the message, some had to hear it in their native tongues.
7. Altogether there were twelve men.
Why would Luqa tell us this unless there was a significance to the number? It is clearly a reminder of the twelve whom Yeshua taught intensely in the same way, indicating that one person instructing learners with the undercurrent of “imitate me” was a process that was meant to be repeated. The Greek version says “about twelve”, so the number itself, while reminiscent of the twelve tribes of Israel, is not the main point, but the relative smallness of the group is.

8. And Paulus entered the synagogue and spoke boldly for three months, and taught intensely about the Kingdom of Elohim.

9. But some people from among them were twisting and arguing and reviling the way of Elohim in front of the assembly of the Gentiles. Then Paulus left and distanced the disciples from them, and every day he spoke with them in the school belonging to a man named Türannos.

School: literally, interpretation-house. In Hebrew it is beyth-midrash, a common title for a private school run by a rabbi—somewhat of a private synagogue where in-depth study could take place in an environment more secure from public annoyance. (Meyer) Türannos means “tyrant” and may have even been a reference to Paulus himself ruling it with an iron grip rather than to another man, though it may be that the owner of the school was a prominent Jew like Yason (17:4-8) and Krispos (18:8), who had responded to the message. In any case, once Paulus saw that many were hardened to the message, he could not stay in a ccontext where he would have to keep fighting them and still get anywhere with his students. (We face the same situation with churches today once they recognize that while we have some things in common, we cannot remain under their authority.) Now his message was not available to those who “had something to say” about it, and possibly not even to inquirers. It was removed from the atmosphere where someone could optionally “take it or leave it” (though no one seemed to respond in a neutral manner!) into one where teaching was by invitation only. Yeshua did the same; He taught crowds but only let his inner circle of 12 ask Him what He meant. Yet look at the result:
10. And this stretched on for two years until all who inhabited Asiya, Jews as well as Arameans, had heard the word of YHWH.
An emotional “come one-come all” approach does not work; removing ourselves from old attachments and having those who have proven to be truly committed be grilled even further had a much more effective result. There was not a person in the whole region who was not aware of the issues anymore. During these two years, the Kolossian congregation was established (Kol. 1:6-7; 2:1) and Paulus wrote his extant letters to Korinthos. (1 Kor. 16:8-9)
11. And Elohim accomplished great heroism through the hands of Paulus,
Great heroism: Gk., powerful works, not by mere chance/not common/hitting the mark. As he became less selfish and more focused on what the real task was, he “hit the nail on the head” more often.
12. to the point that they even brought some of the clothes that were on his body—shawls or pieces of cloth—and placed them on the sick, and the diseases departed from them and demons came out as well.
Paulus himself was not touching them; others were taking things that pertained to him, and miracles were occurring. (Compare the account of Keyfa in 5:15-16.) This might seem like magic at first, but notice what objects were being used. In the Greek version, t“shawls (not prayer shawls, which did not exist as such at that time) and pieces of cloth” are described as handkerchiefs (as used for wiping off sweat or clearing the nose) and aprons (a covering for half the body such as a workman would use). These are not religious relics or amulets! They are simply things he would use every day on his physical job. They are objects any ordinary man who worked for his food would use. Paulus did not put himself on a pedestal or make money off the “mantle of holiness” like so many other “religious” workers who surrounded him:

13. Jewish people were also going around and adjuring over the demons, running to cause them to swear in the name of our Master Yeshua over those in whom there were defiled spirits, as they said, “We adjure you in the name of Yeshua whom Paulus proclaims!”
Defiled spirits: not just demons, but also unclean attitudes, faulty motivations. Demons as such are rarely mentioned in the Hebrew Scriptures, and never exorcisms; people were normally credited or blamed for what they did. But Josephus mentions that King Shlomo had learned to expel demons by using herbal roots, and that he composed such incantations for others to use. (Antiquities of the Jews 8:2:5) This may have been a pagan influence from his foreign wives. But many incantations have been found at places which were the centers of rabbinic rule after Yerushayalim was destroyed (Tsippori and Teverya). By this era more focus was being placed on unseen causes, and exorcism is a major theme in the Talmud and medieval Jewish literature. Exorcism was also common in this region, as shown by the fact that a magic formula has been unearthed that bore the name “Ephesia grammata” (Efesian letter). An amulet with Paleo Hebrew (showing it was of Jewish origin) containing an incantation to drive out a demon of sickness was found in Asiya Minor dated to this same time period. Such incantations are forbidden by Torah (Deut. 18:10-12), but some of this found its way into kabbalistic teachings as well. People like the Shim’on of chapter 8 would collect any incantation they saw work, and it was often a source of income for them. And these people were only using Yeshua’s name as one more such magical formula, knowing nothing of who He was, but only having seen it work on the hands of those who, unlike them, had true authority to use it.
14. And there were seven sons of one Jewish man, a high priest named Skeva, who did these things.
High priest: So what were they doing so far from Yerushalayim? During the 107 years from Herodos the Great until the Temple was destroyed (about 16 years after these events), there were 28 men who held the office of high priest in Yerushalayim since, contrary to Torah, the position was held not by the rightful heir to Aharon, but by the highest bidder when Roma put the position up for sale. So this Skeva may have been a former high priest, now using his fame to keep from having to work for his living as Paulus did. The fact that he would buy the priesthood should have been enough to show that he was a charlatan, but now his sons were also itinerant vagabonds who would go from place to place like modern faith healers, capitalizing on the power of a contrived atmosphere and an emotional experience to make people feel cured long enough to get to the next town and leave it before word spread to that town that the people in the previous stop on their tour had gone back to their previous state when the euphoria wore off.
15. But the malicious demon answered them, “Yeshua I am acquainted with, and Paulus I know, but you—who are you?”
Malicious: or bad, harmful. What Paul did brought healing; these men had no life to back up their words. To them it was just a profession or money-making scam.
16. And the man in which the evil spirit was jumped on them and prevailed over them and subdued them, and when they were stripped naked and wounded [with bruises], they fled from that house.
These men were playing with something a little bit too big for them, like those today who assume that whatever they add “in the name of Jesus” to must come to pass. So they left more than humiliated.
17. And this became known to all the Jews and Arameans who were living in Efesos, and [dreadful] awe fell upon them all, and the name of our Master Yeshua the Messiah was magnified.
Magnified: raised up, given great dignity, praised, grew.
18. And many of those who concurred came and recounted [the things of which] they were guilty and confessed what they had done,

19. and even many sorcerers gathered up their books and brought and burned them in the sight of everyone, and they calculated the value, and it surpassed 5 [pieces] of silver [worth] 10,000 [each].

Many sorceres: Probably those referred to in verse 13. Some estimate the value as about $2 million in today’s currency. The Kingdom of Heaven was obviously worth far more to them than worldly wealth, and another “demon”, Security, was vanquished and a great door opened:
20. So with great power the faith of Elohim took hold firmly and grew.


21. When these things were completed, Paulus set his heart on traversing all of Maqedonia and Akhaya then going to Yerushalayim, and he said, “After I go from here, I would even like to go up and see Roma.”

22. So he sent two of the men who waited on him—Timotheos and Aristos—into Maqedonia, though he [himself] remained in Asiya for some time.

23. At that time there was much rioting over the Way of Elohim.

The firm refusal to compromise with paganism had affected the magic cults and was now affecting the trade in idolatrous cult objects:
24. There was one silversmith there and his name was Dematrios, who made sanctuaries of silver for Artemis and attained great profit for the sons of his guild.
Artemis: the Greek version of the Roman Diana, supposedly a daughter of Zeus and Leto, twin sister of Apollo, the moon goddess as well as the mistress and protectress of wildlife. She was considered the “virgin goddess”, averse to marriage because of the pain her mother went through at her own birth. Many silver coins have been found in widespread places bearing the inscription “Diana Ephesia”, and even in later times she was a many-breasted figure (to which Easter eggs can be traced). But earlier there had been an Anatolian fertility goddess to whom this site was sacred, also with the Persian name Artemis, which made it easy for Alexander the Great to dedicate her temple to the Greek goddess with the same name. Such changes in the orientation of a pre-existing deity were rampant as Roman Christianity spread throughout the world.
25. This one gathered all the sons of his guild and those who worked with them, and said to them, “Men, you know that all of our commerce is from this trade.
Transfer the context to how dependent most retailers today are to people feeling obligated to celebrate Christmas, and you will be able to foresee the results when more people turn to the truth. Such religiously-oriented merchandising with civic pride as its excuse nevertheless ultimately has income as its main purpose.
26. “You also hear and see that not only the sons of Efesos, but also the majority of Asiya—all of it--this Paulus has convinced and turned away by saying that none of the things made by the hands of a human being are elim.

27. “And not only will this business be exposed to derision and cease, but also the temple of the great goddess Artemis will be considered as nothing, and even she, the goddess to whom all of Asiya and all the nations bow down, will become a mockery!”

28. And when they heard these words, they will filled with rage and shouted and said, “She is great—Artemis of the Efesians!”

If one wants to sway people, he can do so very easily with a slogan, and they will stand behind an icon which simplifies things in their eyes. Those who promoted Christmas among the weak-minded did not care about the “Christ child” at all, but only the bottom line, yet they turned Santa Claus from an impish creature to a jolly one and even seemed to give the Church’s stamp of approval by connecting it to St. Nicholas, who actually was a very upright, honorable leader. By rolling all three separate concepts into a single one, they were able to draw income from many unrelated circles. In Hebrew, the very recording of this incident was an insult to those who were being described, because the word for Efesians (efesim), spelled the same way, means “worthless nothings”or “zeros” in Hebrew!
29. And the whole city became agitated and ran together and came into the theater, and they snatched and carried with them Gaios and Arestarkhos, Maqedonian men, sons of Paulus’ escort.
This theatre is at the end of the main market arcade in Efesos and built directly into Mount Pion. Constructed in the Hellenistic period and altered under Roman emperors Claudius and Nero, it had a seating capacity of about 25,000.
30. And Paulus wanted to enter the theater, but the disciples held him back.

31. And the heads of Asiya, since they were his friends, also sent and begged him not to endanger his life to enter the theater.

These “Asiarchs” as they were called in Greek, were officers of the “commune” of greater Asiya, and their primary function was to foster the imperial cult, of which Efesos was called the “temple-warden” just as it was called the guardian of Artemis (v. 35).
32. And the crowds that were in the theater became very agitated and shouted, these one thing and those another. Most of them really did not know for what purpose they were assembled.
How typical of a “lynch mob”, where most just get caught up in the fervor of the moment, without really having a strong opinion to back up their zeal, but go along with those who are most vocal. These leaders were sharp enough to put out the message that would best suit their purpose: “They wantto take Artemis from our great city and make us a godless people!” Compare the accusation that would be leveled against those of us who “want to take away your heritage and the times you spent with your parents around the Christmas tree!”
33. And the crowd of Jews who were there had a Jewish man whose name was Alexandros stand up. And when he rose up, he waved his hand and wanted to say something in response in front of the people.

34. When they recognized that he was a Jew, they all shouted with one voice for about two hours, “She is great—Artemis of the Efesians!”

There was a large colony of Jews in Efesos and for a long time they enjoyed a privileged position under Roman rule. (Josephus, Antiquities, 14:10:12, 25) But religious freedom is always threatened when people sense that there source of income will be removed if an opposing philosophy becomes too influential. The mere fact that he was a Jew identified him with Paulus in their minds and thus an enemy and a threat.
35. Then the mayor quieted them as he said, “Efesian men, who among the sons of Adam does not know that the city of Efesos is the one that is the priestess of the great Artemis and to the female image that came down from the heavens?
Mayor: Greek, town clerk (grammateus), the leading civil official who was directly responsible to Roma for breaches of the peace due to illicit assemblies such as this, explaining his eagerness to quell the riot. Came down from the heavens: Possibly a meteorite or shrapnel from an astronomical event by which this “daughter of Zeus” was supposedly “born” from an alleged explosion of Zeus’ head. (The Greek term for heaven here is Dios, an alternate form of “Zeus” which we recognize more easily in Spanish and Latin.) The partly-humanlike shape of this “sacred stone” may well be how the idea of her many breasts was founded.
36. “Therefore, since there is no man who can refute this, it is up to us to be quiet and not do something hasty,

37. “because you have brought these men, though they have not even plundered temples or cursed our goddess!

Temples: Artemis’ temple was 2 km. northeast of the city center, where the marketplace, library, theater, baths, stadium, and gymnasiums were located. After it was burned in 356 B.C.E., Alexander the Great rebuilt it. Supported by 100 massive columns, it was the largest building in the Greek world and one of the seven wonders of the world until it was destroyed by the Goths in 263 C.E. After many years of searching, it was uncovered in a marsh by J.T. Wood in 1870. There were two other official temples here, to Serapis and the emperor Domitianus.
38. “But if this Dematrios or the sons of his guild has a quarrel with a man, here is the city commissioner! They are guild-members; let them approach and judge this one with that one.
City commissioner: the Greek has “Proconsul” in the plural form. This could pinpoint the date here very precisely, because normally there was only one proconsul of Asiya, but when Junius Silvanus was poisoned by his subordinates at the time of Nero’s accession (in 54 C.E.), Helius and Celer, they both took over his position in a shared role until his justly-appointed successor arrived.
39. “And if you are searching for something else, be diligent in the place that is appointed for gathering according to the statutes,

40. “because even now we are standing in danger that we will be accused of being those who uncover a disturbance, since indeed we are not able to justify the assembly that we have assembled this day undeservedly and had ourselves an [unruly] riot for no reason!”

Disturbance: or, confusion.
41. And after he said these things, he dismissed the assembly.
YHWH had people in this city as well, to work things out without any need for compromise by Paulus. Apparently the Nikolaitans (who later operated in Efesos according to Revelation 2:6, 15) advocated compromise with the power of paganism when under pressure in situations similar to this one.

CHAPTER 20

1. And after the rioting had quieted down, Paulus summoned the disciples and encouraged them, then kissed them, left, and went to Maqedonia.
Kissed: or, equipped with weapons; Greek, greeted with an embrace. The kiss would be more common in a middle eastern or even Mediterranean setting like this.
2. And after going around and encouraging those [people] with many words, he came into the land of Greece.

3. And he was there for three months. However, the Jews were conspiring against him as he was starting out to go to Syria, so he considered going back to Maqedonia.

4. Sopatros (who was from the city of Bero’a), Arestarkhos and Sekundos (who were from Thessaloniki), Gaios (who was from the city of Derbi), and Timotheos (who was from Lüstra) went out with him as far as Asiya.

5. They went on ahead of us and waited for us at Troas.

Us: Luqa again includes himself in the entourage.
6. And we departed from Filippos (a Maqedonian city) after [the] days of Unleavened Bread and traveled by sea, and when five days had passed we came [to them] in Troas, where we spent seven days.
This may have been nearly a year after they left Efesos (based on Paulus’ plans expressed in 1 Kor. 16:8, where he said he planned to stay there until Shavuoth—six to seven weeks after the prior feast of Unleavened Bread) This would place the date at 55 C.E.
7. On the first day of the week, the disciples having gathered to break bread, Paulus was speaking to them, since he was getting ready to leave the next day, so he continued the discussion until the middle of the night.
First day of the week: the Greek is ambivalent, as it could also read “the first of the Sabbaths”; Aramaic, On the day of First Sabbath—suggesting the seventh day of the Counting of the Omer (the seven weeks from the firstfruits of the barley harvest until Shavuoth), when we focus on the maturity of the Body through each one’s gift functioning together in unity with the others. (Eph. 4) It is clearly within that time frame, but cannot be the first Sabbath since twelve days are mentioned “after the days of Unleavened Bread”, and the Counting must begin on the day after the Sabbath following Passover (the same day Yeshua rose from the dead); he would have had to arrive on the first day of the counting, which is still within the feast of Unleavened Bread. Heb., on the day one on the Sabbath—that is, the overlapping transition between the Sabbath and the evening that begins the first day of the week, as per Gen. 1:5). That is critical for understanding the next piece of data:
8. (Now there were plenty of fire-torches in the upper chamber where we were assembled.)
Plenty of torches: or the right number of torches, so it is clearly the ceremony of havdallah, which closes and sets the Sabbath apart from the rest of the week. Six candles, representing the uniting of six days to form the seventh, or the completeness (hence, “plenty”), are traditionally used, and this ensemble is called “torches”. Fires may not be lit during the Sabbath itself (Ex. 35:3), so by tradition they are lit as soon as the sun is all the way down. The middle of the night on the first day of the week is what is called “Saturday night”, so this verse cannot be used, as many try, to prove that believers had already started meeting on “Sunday” instead of the Sabbath. The faithfulness of the Delegates to all the other festivals shown in this passage immediately precludes such a thought, which would have been unimaginable to them.
9. And a certain young man named Eutükhos, sitting in the window and listening, was overcome by a deep sleep, since Paul had spoken for a very long time. And, having sunk into the deep sleep, he fell down from the third story, and was dead [when he] was picked up.
Third story: literally, third loft or level. Stern speculates that the smoke from the oily torches was adding to his fatigue, and he sat in the window to get some fresh air.
10. But Paul went down and crouched over him, and, putting his arms all the way around him, said, “Don’t be alarmed, because his life is in him.”
Life: literally, soul. Eliyahu operated in a similar manner when raising the son of the widow of Tzarfath (1 Kings 17:21), and Elisha was involved in a similar miracle. (2 Kings 4:34)
11. And, going [back] up, he broke and partook of bread, and extending his conversation until daylight, and at that point he left to go by land.
What he was teaching was clearly crucial, for he takes the whole incident in stride, takes some additional sustenance and gets back to the matter at hand, equipping them with as much truth as possible.
12. And they brought the lad away alive, and rejoiced over him to a great extent!
Rejoiced…to a great extent: Greek, were not moderately encouraged. Another resurrection took place during the Counting of the Omer (as with Yeshua’s, which occurred on the first day, the day of Firstfruits of Barley).
13. But we went down onto a ship and sailed in the direction of Thessos, because we were planning to pick Paulus up there, since that is indeed the order he had placed on us, while he went by land.
It seems Luqa is bringing out a parallel with the life of Yeshua in Markos 8, in which, after a miracle, Yeshua entered into a boat and his disciples realize they have only one loaf of bread. Luqa may have been one of those sent by the Yerushalayim Council to make sure Paulus’ doctrines remained sound, and since he sees that Paulus is staying on track, he presents him favorably in his report to those who may still be somewhat hesitant to fully accept him. He does this subtly through small anecdotes that mirror events in Yeshua’s life. Thessos: Greek, Asson. It is only about twenty miles south of Troas. The order: Greek, the arrangement.
14. When we had picked him up from Thessos, we took him by ship and came to Mitülini.
Mitülini is on the landward side of the island of Lesbos.
15. And from there we took a ship the next day toward the island of Kiyos, and again on the next day we arrived at Samos, and stayed at Trogülliyon, then the next day we came to Miletos,

16. since Paulus had decided to bypass Efesos, so as not to be delayed there, because he was hurrying to—if possible—do Shavuoth in Yerushalayim.

There: the Greek text adds, “in Asiya”. In ancient times the silt around the harbor at Efesos had to be dredged often, which may be another reason Paulus stopped at Miletus instead of Efesos. Again we see Sha’ul trying hard to get to the feasts that YHWH had commanded whenever possible, even if he was far from the Land and one might think he had a reasonable excuse not to go.
17. But from Miletos he did send to have the elders of the congregation at Efesos come.
He still could not bear to bypass them completely, but chose the most efficient way to have a final visit with them.
18. And when they had come to him, he told the, “You know how from the first day that I entered Asiya, I was with you all the time

19. “as I served Elohim with great affliction and with tears and with tests that came over me through the craftiness of the Jews,

20. “but I did not neglect to proclaim to you anything that would benefit your souls when teaching you in the streets or I houses

21. “as I bore witness to the Jews and the Arameans about the repentance toward Elohim and the confidence in our Master, Yeshua the Messiah.

22. “And now I am obligated by the Spirit and I am going to Yerushalayim, and I have no idea what may befall me therein,

23. “because the spirit of being set-apart bears witness to me in every city and says, ‘Chains and distresses are the plans for you.’

Despite this he kept going in the direction he knew he must. This is clearly part of “taking up his execution stake and following Messiah”, but 9:16 and the simple principle of reaping what one sows suggest that he is still bearing the consequences of his responsibility in the death of Stefanos and others whom he persecuted. His willingness to suffer may in some way be the tikkun (sewing up of what he had torn) for his past actions. An undercurrent of guilt comes through in his letters, and he was very aware of his need to run to Messiah as his city of refuge after having been struck with blindness to reveal how blind he had actually been up to that point. (Compare Numbers 35:23, where mercy is extended to the manslayer who does not notice what he is doing—literally saying, dos not see. Since Paulus had been blind, thinking he was doing the right thing, he is not judged by the “elders” of the city of refuge to be worthy of turning over to the avenger, but must still stay where he is obliged to stay, as we see in v. 22.)
24. “But my life is not important to me at all, in order that I might finish my course, and the service that I received from our Master Yeshua—to bear witness concerning the glad news of the kindness of Elohim.
The glad news is that He has allowed the tribes He once banished to come close to Him again.
25. “Now I perceive that you will not see my face again, all of you among whom I went about and announced to you the Kingdom
Knowing he might have no occasion to influence them again, he makes sure he leaves out nothing important. Pay attention to the kind of things that are most on his heart to leave with them when he has so little time left.
26. “So therefore I bear witness to you this day that I am innocent of of the blood of you all,
He was a watchman who had faithfully fulfilled his duty to warn them of pitfalls, and would do so yet once more on this occasion. (Y’hezq’el 33:1-6)
27. “because I did not hold back from making the whole will of Elohim known to you.


28. “So then guard yourselves and the whole flock in which the spirit of set-apartness has established you as overseers so that you might shepherd the congregation of the Messiah—she that He acquired [by purchasing] with His own blood.

Here the Aramaic text does away with a problem in the Greek text, which substitutes “Theos” (Elohim) for “the Messiah” here, making it appear that Elohim was the one that bled. YHWH allowed the Aramaic text to be spared from this apparent tampering with the text, probably for the purpose of upholding the doctrine of the trinity, for which there was not enough evidence in the original text as it stood first.
29. “For I know that after I go, strong wolves will come in among you that will not have compassion on the flock.

30. “And also from among your own selves men will arise who say perverse things to entice the disciples away to follow after themselves.

Perverse: literally, crooked.
31. “On account of this, be alert and remember that three years, day and night, I did not cease to admonish each of you with tears.
Alert: literally, awake or aroused. In Hebrew there is a homonym that means “enemy”, and this context suggests that there is a connection between the two words. Admonish: combines the ideas of chiding, arguing, proving, rebuking, and warning. Three years: Again Luqa subtly brings out a parallel in the life of Yeshua, who taught His disciples for this length of time. Again, in Markos 8, Yeshua’s disciples did not recognize the significance of His warnings about the leaven of the P’rushim and Herodos, so He had to jar them with the reprimand that they had eyes and ears but could not see or hear. Here Paulus reminds his disciples to be alert to the dangers that may not yet be obvious, and take measures to preclude the worst effects from them.
32. “So now I entrust you to Elohim and to the word of His kindness which is able to build you up and provide you with an inheritance along with all the set-apart ones.
Entrust: with the same sense as depositing money in a bank for safe-keeping. An inheritance: an allusion to the place in Israel that our ancestors, the set-apart people, were originally given by the first Y’hoshua.
33. “I did not desire [anyone’s] silver, gold, or clothing,
Jewish tradition says the “sin that crouches at the door” is given power through our desires. Paulus kept this door shut and thereby evaded the evils that come even to many ministers through the love of wealth. (Compare 1 Korinthians 9:1-14) He did not live off the tithes collected from those he was teaching:
34. “and you yourselves know that these hands of mine served for the sake of what I needed and for the sake of those [who are] with me.

35. “I showed you all about how we need to labor and to be concerned for the weak, and to remember the words of our Master Yeshua since He said, ‘Those who give are more favored than those who are the receivers.’”

Favored: or blessed, have more joy. This saying of Yeshua does not appear exactly in this form in any of the other extant historical accounts of His life, so we do not know its context, but as Yochanan wrote, Yeshua did so many things that the world could not contain all the accounts of them if they were written down. So undoubtedly this saying had passed to Paulus through oral tradition, possibly when he was with the Delegated Envoys who had spent three years with Yeshua, or from Luqa, who must have collected many more sayings of Yeshua and edited them down to keep his account from being too long. One saying of Yeshua that he did include says nearly the same thing in different terms (Luqa 14:12-14; compare Matthew 10:8-10.) As Yeshua told the rich young ruler who wanted to know how to have the fullness of the kingdom (Luqa 18:22), Paulus encourages these students who have taken his words to heart better than most to give themselves away to the fullest extent so they can be even more effective.

36. And after saying these things, he got down on his knees and prayed alonh with all the men who were with him.

37. And they all wept great tears, and they embraced him and kissed him,

38. but they were most sorrowful about the thing he had said, that they would never see his face again. And they accompanied him as far as the ship.


CHAPTER 21

1. When we had parted from them, we sailed straight to the isle of Qo, and on the next day we came to Rhodos, and from there to Patara.
Parted: Greek, torn ourselves away. Qo: Greek, Koos.
2. And there we found a ship that was traveling to Phoenikia, so we got onto it and sailed.

3. When we got [within sight of] the island of Cyprus, we bypassed it from the left side and came to Syria and from there we put in at Tzur, because there the ship had to unload its cargo.

4. And when we found disciples there, we remained with them seven days. And every day they told Paulus through the Spirit that he should not go to Yerushalayim.

Compare the paradoxical constraint he felt in 20:22-24. These men received “words of knowledge” (1 Kor. 12:8) through the Spirit as to what would befall him there, but it was their own inference that he should therefore not go there. (Stern) He knew from the beginning that doing YHWH’s will would mean suffering for him personally. (9:16)
5. And after those days, we went out to walk on the road, and they all accompanied us—they and their wives and children—as far as the outside of the city, then got down on their knees on the seashore and prayed.

6. Then each kissed his brother and we got on the ship, while they went back to their homes.

7. And we set sail from Tzur and arrived at the city of Akko. We greeted the brothers who were there with “Shalom”, and delayed one day with them.

Akko: the modern Hebrew name again, and it is thus in the Aramaic text, but theGreek calls it Ptolemais. This is within the Land of Israel, and is known as the most oriental city in the Land.
8. The next day we left and came into Caesarea, and met with and stayed in the house of Filippos the bearer of glad news, who was one of the seven.
The seven: those described in chapter 6 who were assigned to ensure that the Hellenistic widows were cared for, of whom Stefanos had been another. That he lives in Caesarea and has left Yerushalayim does not mean he has broken rank, because he is still called “one of the seven”. Instead, it shows us that in the years that have passed since he was chosen for this job, he has been able to train others to do what he had been doing. He has earned the trust of the council, and they have assigned him to progress to other cities with the message they know will be accurate, for he has proven faithful in the things on which he “cut his teeth” as a leader. He has proven he could love his neighbor, and he knows how to care for the poor, who were the majority of Yeshua’s audience. He has gained administrative skills for fair distribution. Since he is a Greek-speaker, he is sent to a cosmopolitan city where that would be the common language. Caesarea was the capital of Judea at this time, built by Herodos to showcase his architectural and engineering prowess, as it boasted a fully man-made harbor and aqueduct which can still be seen today.
9. And he had four virgin daughters who were prophesying.

10. And when we had been there many days, a prophet whose name was Khagav came down from Judea

Khagav: Greek, Agavos; seen earlier in 11:28. All the prophecies recorded of him are of negative circumstances. But he was probably the teacher of these four prophetesses, in the tradition of the “schools of the prophets” such as King Sha’uyl knew (1 Shmu’el 10:11; 19:20) and Elisha oversaw (2 Kings 2, 4), coming to ensure that his students were accountable, using their gift appropriately, and not operating unduly in emotion or letting their fleshly inclinations direct them like those we saw in verse 4.
11. and came in to us, and he took up Paulus’ [leather] waist-belt and tied up his own legs and hands, and said, “This is what the spirit of being set-apart is saying: ‘The man who owns this belt will be tied up like this by the Jews in Yerushalayim and they will hand him over to the Gentiles.’
That which girds or supports him is what ends up binding him up. The fact that he is so well-trained in Judaism and Torah as well as being versed in the cultures of neighboring lands is exactly why he wa sbeing hunted.
12. And when we heard these words, we and the people of that place begged him not to go to Yerushalayim.

13. Then Paulus answered and said, “What are you doing? Because you are crying and breaking my heart! I myself am prepared not only to be bound but also to die in Yerushalayim on behalf of the name of our Master, Yeshua the Messiah!”

Compare Yeshua’s response when Keyfa tried to dissuade Him from going to Yerushalayim. (Mat. 16:21ff) Again, Luqa is drawing parallels with Yeshua to place Sha’ul (Paulus) in a favorable light for those he is reporting back to.
14. And when he would not listen to us, we stopped [our begging] and said, “May the will of our Master be done.”

15. And after those days, we prepared ourselves and went up to Yerushalayim.

16. And several disciples from from Caesarea came with us, and they brought with them a brother—one of the first disciples, whose name was M’nason, and he was from Cyprus, who had received us into his house.


17. And when we arrived at Yerushalayim, the brothers received us with joy.

18. And the next day we went in with Paulus to Yaaqov at a time when all of the elders were with him.

The Greek text makes it appear more like Luqa and the others who had arranged Paulus’ itinerary were the ones who had an audience with the elders, and Paulus was only allowed in when accompanied by them.
19. And we greeted them with “Shalom”, and Paulus recounted to them in order all that Elohim had done through the hands of his ministry.

20. And as they heard, they praised Elohim, and told him, “See for yourselves, our brothers, how many tens of thousands [there are] among the Jews who believe, and all of them are zealous for the Torah!

Tens of thousands: Koniuchowsky sees in this an allusion to Deut. 33:17, which says, “[Yoseyf’s] majesty is like the firstborn of his ox, and his horns are like the horns of a re'em [an extinct wild ox]. With them he shall push the peoples together [from the] edges of the Lnd, and they are the myriads of Efrayim and the thousands of Menashe.” The apostles, recognizing that Paulus’ work is bringing about the return of these “myriads”, counterposes with what YHWH is doing among the “myriads” at home in the land still indwelt by Yehudah, emphasizing that Yeshua was bringing both houses of Israel back to Himself in a parallel way. Stern notes that this count discredits the common non-Messianic Jewish argument that the Jewish believers in Messiah were a “negligible proportion of first-century Jewry”. He cites a census taken by Emperor Claudius in 48 C.E.—fewer than ten years prior to this—which found nearly seven million Jews within the Roman Empire, of which not more than two and a half million lived in the Land of Israel. (Encyclopedia Judaica, s.v. “Population”) The maximum population of Yerushalayim at that time is thought to have been 400,000. A minimalist reading of “tens of thousands”, then, would place the believers at 5% of the Jewish population in Yerushalayim. But Magen Broshi, curator of the Israel Museum’s Shrine of the Book, estimates the city’s population only at 80,000 by the time the Temple was destroyed some 14 or 15 years after this.(Biblical Archaeological Review, 4:2, 1978) In that case, the believers constituted at least 25% of the city! The swollen population for Shavuoth (noted by Josephus) may also account for some of these believers, since this was the time Paulus was aiming to reach the city. (20:16) I.e., they may not have all been from Yerushalayim itself. These Jewish believers both held to Yeshua on one hand and did not let go of the Torah on the other. For seventeen centuries, people have been compelled to fall only into one camp or the other, but now again, praise be to YHWH, it is becoming clear that this is the norm for both Jews and the other tribes of Israel. They did not consider themselves “ex-Jews” like so many believers of Jewish descent today based on misinterpretation of Galatians 3:28. (Would one, based on that verse, also consider himself an “ex-male”?) Zealous: also means “jealous” in Hebrew. This is a bit of a rebuke to Paulus as well, since here in Yerushalayim there is no question but that the believers are keeping the Torah, but the reports they have received about Paulus from correspondents in other cities still sound like the people he has taught are somewhat lawless:
21. “But they have been told about you that you are teaching that all the Jews who are among the Gentiles should turn away from Moshe—that you said they should not circumcise their sons, nor should they walk in the traditions of the Torah!
They have been told: i.e., it was rumored. Circumcising their sons is what made Israelites physically distinct at that time. (Stern) Though Paulus emphasized that those who had not grown up in the context of Israel should know what they were doing before they were circumcised, these people ignored the fact that he himself did perform at least one circumcision. (16:3) But their use of the term “traditions” (practices or customs) is important, for that is wherein lies the problem the council is addressing with Paulus. As long as he is teaching the Torah, why is it a problem if he leaves out the customs added by men? It is because these are what builds a “hedge” around the Torah. The fence itself is not part of Torah, but if it is taken down, it leaves valuable treasures vulnerable to being stolen as they were for the Northern Kingdom. Yes, some were indeed inconsistent with the Torah itself, and Yeshua addressed these; they must indeed be weighed against the actual commandments, but He did not “throw out the baby with the bathwater” as Paulus was appearing to do. He was not obligated to teach any of these customs to the Gentiles, for each tribe or clan or household has a right to determine how to walk out the general commands of the Torah where it is not specific. But once a ruling has been made within that realm of authority, it is binding on those within that community. Yaaqov had chosen a high standard for the believing Jews who were under his authority. As long as the particular practice did not conflict with another Torah command, Yeshua’s Jewish followers were expected to abide by the standards recognized by all Jews. So he wanted to make sure Paulus was not undermining what these believers had been taught previously; otherwise there would be difficulty in keeping order in the Kingdom, which they fully expected to be coming to fruition within their lifetimes. While he could allow the returning Gentiles different ways of living out the Torah, he must not get in the Delegates’ way when teaching Jews. Most of the time, after so many centuries of Yehudah being the only tribe that cared about Torah, their ways are more effective than anything we could do to “reinvent the wheel”. In 1 Kor. 11:2 and 2 Thess. 2:15 (which came after Galatians) we do indeed see Paulus end up reminding the believers to keep the traditions as he had taught them—i.e., in the form in which the Delegated Envoys under Yaaqov had told him he must.
22. “And so, since they have heard that you have come here,
The Greek version adds, “What is it then? In any case, a multitude must come together…” at the beginning of this verse; this is not in the Aramaic text.
23. “do what we tell you: We have four men who have made a vow to purify themselves.
They give him the benefit of the doubt, as they do not really believe the rumors they are hearing about him, but they know that he can be a bit careless in how he states things, leaving the door open for many to misunderstand him (cf. 1 Keyfa 3:16) and thus level accusations such as this, so their directive is also not an option for him. When Paulus said, “faith, not works” he was using a Hebraic idiom for “this is the weightier of the two”, but unlike the Hebrew listeners, the Greek mindset would tend to hear this as “the former only and the other not at all”. Yaaqov had to clarify this in his letter, and Yeshua stated the contrast better when He said, “You pay tithe of mint, dill, and cumin, but have omitted the weightier [matters] of the law, judgment, mercy, and faith: these ought ye to have done, and not to leave the other undone.” (Mat. 23:23)
24. “Take them and go purify [yourself] along with them, and pay the expenses on their behalf in regard to shaving their heads, and show to all men that what they have been told about you is a lie, and you validate and keep the Torah.
Only a Nazirite vow involved the shaving of the head. At that time such a vow was usually taken for one to three months when voluntary, as described in the Mishnah. Purification is how the ending of the vow is described where the regulations for it are given in Number s chapter 6. It may have been difficult for them to pay their own expenses, which could be quite high, as they include the offering of a year-old male lamb and a year-old ewe, a ram, a basket of matzah, and other grain and wine offerings, as well as whatever else one could afford. (Num. 6:13-21). If so, this may be an example of Paulus’ statement in Gal. 2:9-10 that the delegated envoys had asked him to remember the poor as he went out among the Gentiles, and this was the very thing he was eager to do. It may have been out of concern for the poor and their inability at present to perform aspects of the Torah like this one that he tended to underemphasize the need to keep the whole Torah when teaching believers outside the Land. This is also a test to see whether he will object to one of the seemingly-trivial aspects of the Torah and so prove his accusers in some sense right. Instead, he shows all men for all time that he not only kept the Torah, but taught it (compare Mat. 5:19), and that he only objected to the way the P’rushim demanded that he keep the Torah. (Koniuchowsky) He would have to provide 15 animals, which probably cost over an average year’s wages. This would certainly demonstrate that he “meant business”. He had been sent to collect “tz’daqah” (charitable contributions) for those at Yerushalayim (1 Kor. 16:1); now they are telling him to use these to pay these expenses. Such contributions are what has preserved Jewish identity through the ages, preventing the Jewish poor from having to g o outside the community for assistance and thereby putting themselves in danger of feeling obligated to the agendas of whomever might help them. This is one of the “traditions” in verse 21, for apart from caring for the widow and fatherless with specific tithes the Torah only commands us to love our neighbors as ourselves; the custom of using money to do so was one of the methods chosen by the Jewish authorities to walk this commandment out. They recognize that YHWH chose Paulus for a particular mission to non-Jews, but he must also remember who he is, and recognize that what is incumbent on all Jews because of legitimate rulings on how to carry out the Torah is also his responsibility. Show to all men: It again needs to be demonstrated to the Jews today that he “did nothing against the Torah” (25:8), since they have heard the same things to a much stronger degree for centuries. And may they rejoice to have their “prodigal rabbi” back! A lie: Greek, that there is nothing to (these rumors).
25. “And concerning those from the nations who have believed, we wrote that they should guard their souls from what is slaughtered, from the prostitutes, from what is strangled, and from the blood.”

26. Then Paulus took those men on the next day and had them purified, and they came in and walked to the Temple as he had notified them of the fulfillment of the days of purification until the drawing-near [offering] of each of them could be brought near.


27. But when the seventh day arrived, Jews from Asiya saw him in the Temple and had all the people surround him and laid their hands on him,

Had all the people surround them: or, object to them; Greek, stirred up all the crowd.
28. while they cried out and said, “Men, sons of Israel, help! This is the man who is teaching against our people in every place, against the Torah, and against this place. And he has even brought Arameans into the Temple and defiled this holy place.”
Arameans: in typical fashion, the Greek text says “Greeks” here. The point is that they did not recognize that these were in fact “former Gentiles” (compare Efesians 2:11; 4:17-22)—an issue that had apparently come up in the very hometown of the man whom Paulus had indeed brought with him (20:5):
29. (Because previously they had seen Trofimos the Efesian with him in the city, and thought he had entered the Temple with Paulus.)
Again, there was no truth to the words they used to incite the people, though they chose the things most likely to anger the crowd. Because of the incident with Antiokhus Epiphanes, commemorated at Hanukkah, the original 500-cubit square on which Shlomo’s Temple complex stood was walled off from the rest of Herod’s complex and signs all along it in Hebrew, Greek, and Latin notified non-Jews that if they trespassed beyond this line, they would be responsible for their own death, which was certain to follow. Some such plaques have been unearthed by archaeologists. This soreg, as the wall was called, is the “middle wall of partition” that Sha’ul/Paulus wrote about in Efesians 2:14—one which was not only contrary to Shlomo’s wish that this Temple be “ahouse of prayer for all peoples” but now barred non-Jewish Israelites as well from returning there. While it served an important purpose for other uses, it now stood in the way of the reunification of the two Kingdoms of Israel.
30. And the whole city became agitated, and all the people assembled themselves and seized Paulus, and dragged him outside the Temple, and immediately the doors were bolted.
Agitated: literally, terrified with their hair standing on end.
31. And when they were earnestly begging the assembly to kill him, the captain of a unit of a thousand heard the whole city in an uproar.
Captain of a unit of a thousand: Greek, chiliarch of the cohort.
32. Right away he fetched a centurion and many soldiers and ran toward them. And when they saw the captain of a thousand and the soldiers, they stopped beating Paulus.

33. Then the captain of a thousand approached him and seized him, and gave orders that they should bind him with two chains, and inquired about him: “Who is he? What has he done?”

34. And people here and there in the crowd shouted [things] out about him, but on account of their shouting, he was not able to understand anything properly, so he ordered that they should lead him to the [army] camp.

Camp: the Greek and Aramaic terms can also mean “barracks” or even headquarters—probably referring to the Fortress of Antonia, which was built immediately against the northern wall of the Temple complex and raised above it (see photo) so the Roman army could keep an eye on what went on inside, precisely for situations like this one.
35. And when Paulus had reached the stairs, the soldiers carried him [away] on account of the violence of the people,
Carried him away: or, hoisted him up.
36. since many people came after him, and they were shouting and saying, “Away with him!”

37. And when Paulus had approached and entered the camp, he said to the captain of a thousand, “Will you permit me to have a word with you?” And he said to him, “You know Greek?

38. “Aren’t you the Egyptian who before these days incited and brought four thousand men, sons of worthlessness, into the wilderness?”

With his shaved head, he would look like an Egyptian! But this is probably a tongue-in-cheek question. Anywhere else one would think it would take a major criminal to cause such a reaction. How could this little man with no hair or eyebrows cause so much trouble? Sons of worthlessness: or unprofitable sons, Heb., belial—used for scoundrels or villains in modern Hebrew; the Greek uses the term for assassins who carried a short dagger: sicarii, which is probably the basis for Iscariot, the nickname for “Judas”. The reference is to a man who, around 54 C.E. (during the procuratorship of Felix, when robbers had made a habit of entering the Temple during festivals and murdering their enemies there or luring people into the wilderness to see miracles, but were punished by Felix for following the impostors), claimed to be a prophet and advised masses of common people to follow him to the Mount of Olives to watch him knock the walls of Yerushalayim down from a distance. He promised he would make a way for them to enter the city afterwards. Felix sent out a large number of soldiers and horsemen and killed 400 and took another 200 captive, but the Egyptian man escaped and never showed up again. The robbers thereafter stirred up the people against Rome and burned and plundered the villages of those who would not go along with them. (Josephus, Antiquities of the Jews 20:8:6) It seems this captain was confusing the Egyptian man with several of the others who had come before him doing similar things.
39. Paulus told him, “I am a Jewish man from Tarsos, which is in Kilikia—a well-known city in which I was born. I beg of you, permit me to speak to the people!”

40. And when he gave him authorization, Paulus stood on the steps and motioned to them with his hand. And when they had quieted down, he addressed them in Hebrew and said to them:

Addressing them in Hebrew was very wise, considering the accusations against him.


CHAPTER 22

1. “Brothers and fathers, listen to a word of my defense before you.”
Fathers: elders in Israel, whom he respected whether he agreed with their views or not because they held authority. He began his defense the same way Stefanos had done so. (7:1)
2. And when they heard that he was speaking Hebrew to them, they quieted down still further, and he said to them,

3. “A Jewish man I am, born in Tarsos, which is in Kilikia, but I grew up in this city at the feet of Gamli’el. And I was trained in all the instruction of our ancestors, and I became zealous for Elohim just like every one of you.

He identifies himself both with his accusers, who are Jews from Asiya (21:27), saying he is one too, and with the majority of the crowd, who are from “this city”, Yerushalayim. (Stern) All the instruction: Greek, to the fullest extent, in every detail, in the strictest manner, or with the exactest care. In other words, he knew every detail of every custom that was incumbent on Yehudah according to the way its authorities had determined was the best way to walk out the Torah. Gamli’el the Elder was “the most distinguished rabbi and scholar of his time”, the grandson of Hillel and and the leader of his school of disciples. He was the first to be called “Rabban” rather than the more common “rabbi”. (Stern) The Mishna tells us that when he died, “the glory of the Torah came to an end; and purity and separation came to an end.” (Sotah 9:15) He laid the background for the triumph of liberal Pharisaism under R. Yochanan ben Zakkai after the fall of the Temple. Paulus makes a strong case for being strictly Torah-observant due to being from this school.
4. “And I persecuted this Way to the death, when I was tying up men and women and handing them over to the prison-house,

5. “with the high priest and all the elders who bore witness, from whom I received letters to go to the brothers who were in Dameseq, that I might bring whomever might also be found there, chained, to Yerushalayim so they could received punishment.

Despite his denials, Sha’ul was indeed a great orator. Having lived in both Greek and Jewish contexts, he truly does know how to be “all things to all men”—that is, to communicate in either style. There is much wisdom in his approach. First, he ingratiates himself to his audience, and speaks their language, not Greek, which would only anger them more. He identifies himself with their cause (v. 3). He appeals to the authorities who sent him on the mission during which he was confronted by Yeshua, showing that he was no renegade. He is able to develop rapport with those who are trying to kill him, easing gradually into the point he knows they will not like. Elders: The same term is used of the leaders of the Way (15:4), but here it refers to the Sanhedrin. (23:1) Thus there were two “sanhedrins” in Yerushalayim at this time. One was headed by a High Priest who had bought his position; the other was appointed by the new King of Israel, so obviously the latter was a threat to the former. Paulus honors them because they are put in a position by YHWH, just as the Roman occupiers were, so he operates within both of those frameworks, though he does not hesitate to, at times, pit the two against each other when it is to the advantage of the incoming kingdom. If he needed a ruling, he would, of course, go to the council headed up by Yaaqov, not the Sanhedrin. But these rulings would not apply to all Jews, only those who considered Yeshua their rabbi. An absolute Jewish halakhah does not exist; there are varying opinions on everything in the Talmud, so there was room for many viewpoints within the framework of pure Torah. The other Sanhedrin allowed the Way’s “Sanhedrin” to exist due to pressure from the people. Those in Yehudah today who recognize the return of Efrayim prefer that we have our own halakhah, because they need Efrayim to come home; they do not need clones of themselves, for they have enough “Jewish want-to-be’s”. But our authority does not come from the Mishnah or Talmud, but from Yeshua and His followers.
6. “And as I walked and was beginning to reach Dameseq in the middle of the day, suddenly from the skies a great light shone on me,

7. “and I fell on the ground and heard a voice that said to me, ‘Sha’ul, Sha’ul, why are you persecuting Me?’

8. “And I answered and said, ‘Who are You, Sir?”’ And He said to me, ‘I am Yeshua the Notzri Himself, whom you are persecuting.’

Persecuting: or pursuing; Yeshua literally “cut to the chase” and reversed the roles! Yeshua caught him first! He took away that aspect of his pursuit and made him face the rest of the facts. Sir: or, my Master.
9. “And the men who were with me saw the light, only they did not hear the voice of the one who was speaking to me.
Saw the light: the Greek version adds, “and were afraid”.
10. “So I said, ‘What should I do, Sir? And our Master said to me, ‘Get up, go into Dameseq, and there it will be told you about all that you are commanded to do.

11. “And right away I could not see on account of the brightness of that light, those who were with me grasped me by my hand and led me into Dameseq.

12. “And one man, Chananyah, righteous according to the Torah, as all the Yehudim there could bear witness in regard to him,

That he was completely Torah-observant was not mentioned in chapter 9, but Paulus knew this fact would be important to his audience.
13. “came to me and said to me, ‘Sha’ul, my brother, open your eyes!’ And in a moment my eyes were opened and I looked at him.

14. “And he said to me, ‘The Elohim of our ancestors has raised you up to know His wishes and to see the righteous One and to hear the voice from His mouth.

15. “‘And you will come to serve as a witness for Him to all sons of Adam about all that you have seen and heard.

To all sons of Adam: not literally to every person alive (for many have felt they had to make major compromises in order to try to allow everyone to hear the Gospel), but to all types of people, though his audience did not balk at this yet, because at that time in history they would only consider this term to apply to Jews, or at the very most to the rest of Israel, though most considered the other tribes to simply have become Gentiles, and thus in the same category as all other men. Some would apply it only to Torah-observant Jews.
16. “‘And now, why are you delaying? Get up! Be immersed and be purified from your sins by calling out His Name.’
Be immersed: or, immerse yourself, which is the normal Jewish practice, with only a witness to ensure that every part of the body and every hair goes under the water. He was being told to go back to the beginning and start over, at least on this point. Be purified from: Greek, wash away. Immersion is a vivid symbol by which we can mark a change in ritual status which should also correspond with an ascension to a higher level of spiritual experience and action. It certainly marked a turning point for Sha’ul.
17. “So I turned back and came here to Yerushalayim, and was praying in the Temple,

18. “and I saw Him saying to me in a vision, ‘Be alert and go out from Yerushalayim because there is none who will receive your testimony concerning Me.’

19. “So I said, ‘Shucks, my Master! They know that I turned them over to the prison-house and beat the believers in You in every synagogue!

20. “‘And when the blood of Stefanos, Your witness, was shed, I too stood with them and counted myself as belonging to the wishes of his murderers, as I watched over the garments of those who stoned him.’

He was trying to argue that he had exactly the credentials for what they needed to hear, and who but him could convince them better than one who had just been “on their team”? This has strong parallels with Moshe, who thought Israel would understand that he had been sent to deliver his people (7:25) when he still had forty more years of training ahead of him.
21. “Then He said to me, ‘Go, because I am sending you far away to preach to the nations!’”


22. And after they had listened to Paulus up to this word, they lifted their voice and screamed, “One such as this must be purged from the earth, because he has no right to live!”

This word: nations, which is the same word for “Gentiles”, and had a strong pejorative sense. This was an understandable response from those in their shoes. Since there was no king, they were the supreme ruling body in Israel, yet had no true authority in Rome’s eyes (since they could not issue a death sentence without permission). Since the deaths of the first two Herods, the Sanhedrin’s influence had declined even further. The Jews were exiles in their own Land, since they were not free to fully keep the Torah. They had asked for this in a sense when the Hasmoneans asked for Roma’s help to defeat the Greeks, not realizing that Roma’s policy was that anyone they helped was automatically considered their vassal. The remains of the headquarters of the Roman occupiers has been found by archaeologists, with the Roman seal on every tile. The one place they could get away from the ever-present Romans was the inner courts of theTemple Mount, where they knew everyone was like-minded. Now even this seemed to be being violated, and the thought was insufferable. This ruling body was also influenced by the Zealots, who were freedom-fighters who used terrorist techniques, and all of these added up to the fact that the word goyim was a red flag. As if it was not enough that Gentiles held the priestly garments for ransom so the Jews would “behave”, now he was bringing them here too! This was the “last straw”. Earth: or, the land (i.e., of Israel in particular). Has no right: or, is not worthy or suitable.
23. And when they shouted and cast their garments from off of them, and raised fine dust to the sky.
Casting their garments off: the same way they had done at Sha’ul’s own feet when stoning Stefanos. The Greek term includes the sense of displaying disgust. The outer garments included marks of their status, and these were the wealthiest in society, so to toss these garments aside is not something they would do lightly. Throwing dust into the air is not a common Jewish custom; Stern argues they were probably throwing it at Paulus, not having any stones to throw within reach—or they may have hesitated to execute him in this way since they were in the presence of the Romans this time, as was not the case with Stefanos.
24. So the captain of a thousand ordered that they should meet inside the fortress, and ordered that they should interrogate him with lashes, in order to know what the reason was [that] they were shouting about him.
He assumed he would get the right answers if he put a little pressure on Paulus, for this was the Roman way. These soldiers would have to answer to Roma for any illegal assembly. But any of the Hebrew festivals were assemblies, so the Romans prevented riots by the Jews by holding over their heads the threat of canceling the right for the high priest to use his garments during a feast, which of course was required by the Torah.
25. But when they had stretched him out with straps, Paulus himself said to the captain of a hundred, who stood over him, “Is it permissible for you to lash a Roman man who has not been convicted by law?”
Roman: not by ethnicity but by legal citizenship.
26. And when the captain of a hundred heard, he approached the captain of a thousand and said to him, “What are you doing? Watch out! This man—he is a Roman!”

27. So the captain of a thousand approached him and said to him, “Tell me, it is true that you are a Roman?” And he told him, “Yes.”

28. So the captain of a thousand answered him, “With a lot of money I acquired my Roman naturalization.” Paulus told him, “But I was even born with it!”

This was some leverage with which YHWH had provided him long beforehand to keep him alive longer to teach more people and further strengthen his disciples.
29. So at once those who had been preparing to torture him scattered from him, and the captain of a thousand was afraid that it would become known that he was a Roman, and he had tied him up for no [reason].
If he had not been a Roman citizen, they would not have cared. Only Roman citizens had a right to due process. Most Roman soldiers were not citizens, many actually being conscripted prisoners of war. More soldiers died from such discipline by their own leaders since the Roman army ran such a tight ship. It killed more of its own soldiers than enemies. And they still held Paulus overnight, despite his citizenship.
30. And on the next day, he wanted to know properly what the accusation was that the Jews had brought in regard to him, so he released him and ordered that the head priests and all the assembly of their leaders come, and he took Paulus and had him go down and stand among them.


CHAPTER 23

1. And looking [directly] at their assembly, Paulus said, “Men—my brothers—with an altogether guiltless conscience I have conducted myself before Elohim until today.”

2. Then Chananyah the priest ordered those standing by him to strike Paulus on his mouth.

Priest: the Greek has “high priest”, and 24:1 in the Aramaic corroborates this. He apparently believed Paulus was arrogant to make the claim to a guilt-free conscience, whether simply because he thought Paulus’ views were wrong, or because he knew how guilty his own conscience was for hypocritically holding a position that was not lawfully his, since he was not a direct descendant of Aharon. Paulus was not saying that everything he had done up to this point was right, but that at each point in his walk he had had the sincere motive of following and serving YHWH. The reason he had persecuted the followers of the Way was out of zeal for the Torah as he understood it then. He knew he had been guilty, but he had always thought he was doing what was right. Can you say the same? Most of us, too, once sat under phallic symbols (steeples) in churches on the day of the Sun and set a table to Fortune and Destiny (Yeshayahu 65:11) by celebrating Christmas. At that point in our walk, it was the only open path to get us to the higher point YHWH wanted us at. We were not doing something we knew was wrong, whereas after we knew the facts more clearly, we could not stay in that position. Chananyah was appointed by Herodos and was in office from approximately 47 to 59 C.E. By this time, he did not carry out most of the religious aspects of his position, except at Yom Kippur. That is why we see people like Z’kharyah drawing lots to burn incense (Luqa 1:9)—a job the high priest was supposed to do. But since the Romans sold the position to the highest bidder, he was not the right person for the position, and therefore was more of a figurehead who was involved in the politics of keeping the Romans placated.
3. Paulus said to him, “Elohim is ready to strike you, [you] whitewashed wall! And you yourself are sitting to judge me in regard to the mouth of the Torah while you are transgressing the Torah while you yourself are transgressing the Torah by ordering me to be struck?”
Whitewashed wall: i.e., one who appears pure on the outside (even wearing white, as a priest normally did), but was not the same within. (Compare Mat. 23:25-27) Even whitewash, which may hide defects under its veneer, wears off eventually. Rabbi Eliezer, who was on the council of rabbis at Yavneh after the Temple was destroyed and who became a believer in Yeshua, told his students that if any of them were not the same on the inside as they were outwardly, they had to leave his academy. He was fired from his position and replaced by someone known for his mercy, and the school garnered a much larger following at that point. He went to YHWH asking if he had done wrong, and was given a dream about a caper bush, after which he knew he had done the right thing. Why? Because a caper plant that is somehow diseased puts out a second crop of fruit exactly four months after the first harvest, and it looks the same outwardly, but when opened, the capers are black and inedible inside. Thus, though the harvest seemed numerically greater, it added nothing of any value to the first crop, which had actually been what it appeared to be. (Neot Kedumim) Transgressing the Torah: first, by striking him before a trial had proven him guilty, and second, by striking him while he stood rather than having him lie down first. (Deut. 25:1-2)
4. Then those standing there said to him, “Who are you to curse Elohim’s priest?!”
Curse: or speak evil of.
5. Shaul said, "Brothers, I was not aware that he was the [high] priest—because, look, it is written, 'You must not curse a ruler of your people'." [Exodus 22:28]
Out of protest for a sacrilege committed by the Romans at an earlier point, the Sanhedrin had moved out of its chamber on the Temple Mount, which was the only place they could render a death sentence. Having been summoned by the Romans (22:30), we know they were not now in the Temple complex, so the high priest could not have been wearing the garments that distinguished him from the other priests. Sha’ul, having been back from abroad for some time, should have known who the high priest was, having participated in at least one pilgrim festival since he returned. However, he might have only been able to see him from a distance, and his writings suggest that Paulus had poor eyesight. (Gal. 4:15; 6:11) He apparently was standing far enough away to be out of reach of the high priest himself striking him, and it could be that he could not tell who was speaking, though at least we knew he could see that he was seated while others stood (vv. 2-3), and at least he knew that the one speaking was therefore the one in the position to make the ruling. But there seems to be a tone of sarcasm in his saying “I was not aware…”, whether due to the high priest’s not behaving like one or because he called into question the validity of his authority. Still, despite his unworthiness of the position, Paulus held the position itself in high respect since YHWH had instituted it and it at least represented order rather than anarchy. But quoting this verse should also have reminded the high priest of its context, which was all about treating one’s neighbor as oneself, and would show him how shamefully he had treated Paulus.
6. And when Paulus discerned that some of the people were Tz’doqim and some were P’rushim, he shouted out within the assembly, “Men, my brothers, I am a P’rush, the son of P’rushim, and in regard to the hope for the rising from the dead, I am being judged!”
Note that, despite Yeshua’s warnings about the leaven of the P’rushim and their hypocrisy, it was not incompatible to be both a follower of Yeshua and a P’rush.(Compare 15:5.) It has even been argued by some that Yeshua was a P’rush as well. While he would not be defined by a classification stucture that came long after the Torah was given, many of His teachings were quite similar; it was an intrafamilial argument He had with them, for while they believed mostly the same things about the Torah, it was the corrupt heart attitudes of some of the P’rushim that came out in their laying heavy burdens on people and not lifting a finger to help them, donating money that should have been used to care for their aging parents to the Temple in order to look more pious, trying to have their religious deeds noticed by as many as possible, etc. They were making Torah subservient to self, rather than vice versa, and this was what Yeshua found so heinous. It was not the fact that they tithed mint, dill, and cumin; He commended such attention to detail, but chided them for making this more important than loving their neighbors.
7. And when they heard that, the P’rushim and the Tz’doqim began competing with one another,
He diverted their attention off himself, taking advantage of a fact that he knew would set them off. But while his ruse was a smart move, it was not very honorable, as no one had said anything about the resurrection up to this point; the incident that sparked this trial was his supposedly having taken a Gentile into the Temple. So now he was definitely acting out of disrespect for his audience. “Divide and conquer” does not fit with the submission to authority within Israel that the Torah requires. He is not taking them seriously since they are acting outside the Torah. He used to try to please even the Ta’doqim, with whom he did not agree; now, he shows that he no longer cares what they think.
8. since the Tz’doqim say that there is no resurrection, no angels, and no spirit, while the P’rushim profess [belief] in them all.
Tz’doqim: more specifically, the Boethusians, since other Tz’doqim did believe in the resurrection, as their successors, the Karaites, do today as well.(Gordon) No spirit: that is, one such as a demon. The Boethusians believed the soul disappeared when the body died, and only Elohim’s Spirit remained. Yeshua answered this tenet of theirs in Mat. 22:23-32. Thus, unlike the P’rushim, it would be difficult for the Tz’doqim to remain thus after an experience of the risen Messiah. (Stern)
9. And there came to be a great mayhem, and men from among the scribes stood on the side of the P’rushim and argued with them and said, “We do not find anything evil in this man, and if a spirit or angel has spoken with him, what of it?”
What of it: Greek, “Let’s not fight against Elohim!” Unlike Gamli’el’s situation some twenty years earlier, they could not just say this fervor for Yeshua might blow over, for it had kept growing and growing. But now the squabble has become partisan, and the P’rushim act as if they had been defending Paulus all along!
10. And when there arose a great disturbance between them, the captain of a thousand was apprehensive lest Paulus be pulled apart by them, so he dispatched Romans to come in and they hurriedly snatched him from among them and brought him into the barracks.
Disturbance: Greek, insurrection.
11. And when night came on, our Master appeared to Paulus and told him, “Take courage, because as you bore witness concerning Me in Yerushalayim, you will yet indeed bear witness also in Roma.”

12. And as it was becoming morning, men from among the Jews assembled and banned themselves from eating or drinking until they should kill Paulus.

Men: probably not just men on the street, but people on the council (which has been the definition of “Jews” as used throughout this context), or at least those had political aspirations and expressed this by trying to please the high priest and elders, which could gain them honor and position in Israel as it stood then.
13. And those who cut this covenant by swearing an oath came to more than forty men.

14. And they approached the priests and elders and said, “We have truly placed a ban on ourselves not to taste anything until we have killed Paulus.

15. “So now you and the heads of the Sanhedrin ask the captain of a thousand to let him come to you, as if you only wanted to inquire to confirm what he is doing, and we are prepared to kill him before he reaches you.”

They could not legally execute him, so now they turned to a more direct means of getting him out of the way. These men were not telling the leaders what to do, but came up with a plan that they knew would please them, and were saying, “Here’s what you do: set him up for us and we’ll do the dirty work for you.”
16. But the son of Paulus’ sister heard of this plot, and came to the barracks and made it known to Paulus.
How could he have heard of it unless his father was among the conspirators or on the council? Apparently as had been the case with Paulus, other members of his family still had strong political connections, and Paulus must have now been an embarrassment to them. But this boy was either also a follower of Yeshua or simply loved his uncle very much.
17. So Paulus sent and called one of the centurions and told him, “Conduct this lad to the captain of a thousand, because he has something to tell him.”

18. So the centurion took the lad and brought him to the captain of a thousand, and said, “The prisoner Paulus called me and asked me to bring this lad to you, because he has something to tell you.”

19. The captain of a thousand grasped the hand of the lad, and pulled him aside and asked him, “What do you have to tell me?”

20. So the lad told him, “The Jews have been advised to ask from you that Paulus be brought down to the assembly tomorrow as if they only desired to know yet another matter from him.

21. “You therefore must not listen to them, because look! More than forty men of them are waiting in ambush for him, and they have banned themselves from eating or drinking until they have killed him, and look! They are preparing and waiting for your assurance.”

Listen to them: Greek, let them persuade you. How ironic that different factions of Jews had to beg protection against one another from pagans! Assurance: or promise.
22. So the captain of a thousand sent the lad away and ordered him: “Don’t let [any] man know that you have made this known to me.”

23. Then he called for two centurions and told them, “Go, prepare two hundred Roman [soldier]s who can walk to Caesarea and seventy horsemen and two hundred spear-hurlers who can leave at the third hour of the night.

Third hour of the night: that is, 9:00 p.m. Each Roman soldier carried a short sword, a dagger, and a 7-foot-long spear. The spear-hurlers had 10-foot spears and a dagger. Each horseman carried a long sword and a dagger, and all 470 of these would have carried shields as well. All this to protect one man from 40! Paulus was treated with great respect because he had almost been beaten unlawfully, and these captains bent over backwards to make amends!
24. “Also, prepare for Paulus an animal to ride, and deliver him to Felix the commissioner!”
Deliver: the Hebrew term includes smoothing the way, giving safe passage, and hurrying him along. Felix was the husband of Herod Agrippas’ daughter and had been procurator of Shomron from 48 to 52 C.E., while Cumanus ruled Judea. When Cumanus was removed from office for failing to suppress riots between Jews and Gentiles in Caesarea, Felix was put in Caesarea as his replacement. Tacitus wrote of him, “With all cruelty and lust he exercised the power of a king with the spirit of a slave.”


25. And he wrote and gave them a letter that had this in it:

26. “Claudios Lüsios to Felix the exalted commissioner—greetings of peace!

27. “The Jews seized this man with the intention of killing him, and I stood up with the Romans and rescued him when I knew that he was a Roman [citizen].

28. “And immediately I asked to know the reason for which they were accusing him; I took him down to the assembly.

29. “And I found that they were accusing him as touching upon questions of their Torah, and there was no worthwhile excuse for imprisonment or death upon him.

30. “And when the ambush plot of the Jews in regard to him was made known to me, I immediately sent him to you, and I ordered that his accusers to come before you with him. Be healthy!”

After his trial, Sha’ul may have been given this letter, as Luqas was able to quote its exact wording. One would think the conspirators against him would have starved to death after YHWH provided this way of escape. But we know that the rabbis later ruled that oaths made in error or of exaggeration could be nullified (Mishnah N’darim 3:1), and though the rabbis as such were not in authority until after the Temple was destroyed, corrupt men were already making rulings of convenience that flew in the face of the Torah, which says our vows must be performed. (Num. 30:2) The rabbis may have used such things as a precedent for their later rulings. Be healthy: Greek, be strong—a typical greeting, as we would write “farewell” or “sincerely”.


31. Then, as they were commanded, the Romans took Paulus by night and brought him to the city of Antipatris.

Antipatris, named for Herod the Great’s father Antipater, was 42 miles from Yerushalayim and 26 from Caesarea. Known today as Tel Afeq, it is situated in a very fertile region near the coast, northeast of Tel Aviv.
32. And the next day they released the cavalry, the footsoldiers, and their comrades to go back to the barracks.

33. And they brought him to Caesarea and gave the letter to the commissioner and had Paulus stand before him.

34. And when he had read the letter, he asked him what city he was from. And when he heard he was from Kilikia,

35. he told him, “I will hear you[r case] when your accusers come.” And he ordered that he be guarded in Herodos’ fortress.

Fortress: or citadel. This was protective custody, yet he was not free to move about, and the conditions were similar to imprisonment and as we will see, lasted a long time, as his accusers probably deliberately delayed. The cell that he was thought to have been kept in has now been unearthed by archaeologists.


CHAPTER 24

1. And after five days, Chananyah the high priest came down with the elders and with Tartellos the orator, and they notified the military commissioner about Paulus.
High priest: Here the Aramaic text first directly identifies Chananyah as more than just a “priest”. Orator: It was clear to Paulus’ opponents that his skill at oratory was beyond their ability to match, so they hired someone who they expected to be up to his caliber to be their spokesman.
2. And when he was summoned, Tartellos began to plead in opposition to him, and said,

3. “For the most part we live in tranquility, thanks to you, and many improvements have been made for this people by your concern. And we all, in every place, are the recipients of your mercy, O exalted Felix!

We: It appears that Tartellos is identifying himself as a Jew. It was customary to begin a court presentation with a compliment to the one presiding; this prosecuting attorney, trained professioninally to speak in a Roman court, still overdoes the flattery to ingratiate his party with the commissioner and effect a smokescreen over what he knows is a very weak case.
4. “However, so as not to weary you with many words, I ask of you that you listen to our brief rebuttals.

5. “Because we have found this man [to be] one who corrupts and who awakens disturbances among all the Jews who are in all the world, since indeed he is [a] head of the sect of the Notzrim,

A head: Not necessarily “the” head. In fact, his opponents do not present him as having any connection to the large group in Yerushalayim headed by Yaaqov, who was one of the most respected men in Yerushalayim, according to Josephus. Since Hellenistic Jews are already looked down upon and he is placed in that category because he was most-often seen in a Greek-speaking context, he is seen as somewhat of an outsider. Though by this time he has been reined in much more tightly by the followers of Yeshua at Yerushalayim, when he causes trouble in other cities, people do not link him with that group in any obvious way. It is as if there are two streams to the followers of Yeshua already, and this one was indeed, if not “founded” by Paulus, at least the basis for modern Christianity in the form into which his teachings were misconstrued. (2 Keyfa 3:16) Having allowed, even temporarily, a lower standard for believers coming back from a pagan context, opened the door for his version of the Glad News to eventually be seen as a separate religion. Yaaqov’s camp, on the other hand, was only seen as Jews who had a grasp of something that had taken place which had fulfilled many prophecies about which they had heard all their lives, and so formed much more of a seamless continuum with Torah keepers of previous generations. The hard-liners got more respect at the time, but the believers who did not value their connection to Israel took the less harsh man as their figurehead.
6. “and he wanted to profane our Temple. And when we had seized him, we were seeking to judge him by the mouth of our Torah.
Paulus’ opponents want Felix to see Paulus as in the same category of the Egyptian (21:38) whose uprising Felix himself had mercilessly crushed.
7. “However, Lüsios, captain of a thousand, came and, with great strength, snatched him [hurriedly] from our hands and sent him to you,

8. “and gave orders concerning his accusers that they should come to you. Now you are able—when you interrogate him—to hear from us about all these things we are claiming against him.”

9. And the Jews also made accusations against him, in saying that these things were truly the case.


10. Then the military commissioner signaled to Paulus to speak, so Paulus responded and said, “I know that for these many years you are the judge of this people, and therefore I am glad to make a defense in regard to myself.

11. “Because you are indeed able to discern that there are not more than twelve days since I went up to Yerushalayim to worship.

12. “And they did not find me speaking with anyone in the Temple—not even in the assembly of the congregation, nor in their synagogues, nor in the city!

13. “And they have nothing in their hands to prove in your presence what accusations they are bringing against me now.

14. “But this I do confess, that in this ‘sect’ of which they speak—in it I serve the Elohim of my ancestors in that I put my confidence in all the things written in the Torah and in the prophets;

15. “in that I have expectation in Elohim, as they themselves also expect, that in the time to come there will be a resurrection from the house of the dead—of [both] the righteous and the wicked.

They themselves: though at least one of the Tz’doqim, who did not believer in the resurrection, was present (the high priest himself). Yet he presents himself as just another Jew like them, not someone who is in a widely different category. He brings up this subject again, possibly since it worked so wwell to his advantage last time. But this time his opponents hold their peace, having, like himself, had time to reflect on what had gone wrong at that trial.
16. “Because of this I also struggle that I may always have a guiltless conscience before Elohim and before the sons of Adam.
Struggle: labor or suffer.
17. “And after many years I came to the sons of my people to give alms and to bring drawing-near [offering]s,
Alms: not necessarily just for the believers in Messiah, but for the Judean nation at large. Other references to this charitable contribution are found in Romans 15:25-31, 1 Korinthians 16:1-4, 2 Kor. 8:1-9, and Gal. 2:10.
18. “and these found me in the Temple when I was undergoing purification—not with a noisy crowd, and certainly not with [any] disturbance—except that riot which Jewish men who had come from Asiya caused,
Noisy crowd: or tumult, confusion.
19. “whom it would have been fitting to have stand with me before you so they could argue whatever they might have.
Fitting: at least according to Roman law, which gives one the right to face his accuser. In the Torah, two witnesses are required, but only in the case of adultery is the accused required to be present. But this trial is based entirely upon hearsay, and no actual witnesses can be brought forward, so even under Hebrew law, they have no case. With his mastery of Greek culture, he is thus able to outdo his opponent very quickly.
20. “Or these themselves could tell what perversion they have found in me when I stood before their assemblies,

21. “other than just this one thing that I called out when I stood among them—‘In regard to the resurrection of the dead I am being judged today before you’!”

Paulus is admitting his wrong in lying or bantering about the reason he had been on trial. He proves a gain to be a great lawyer by conceding the only point on which they could rightfully bring anything against him.
22. But Felix, as soon as he was fully acquainted with this Way, deferred them and said, “When the captain of a thousand has arrived, I will hear [the dispute] between you.”
“The Way” is a term only used for the followers of Yeshua in contexts in which Paulus figures prominently. Deferred: There is no evidence that Lüsios ever did come, so Felix was just putting him off indefinitely.
23. And he placed an order upon a centurion that he should guard Paulus in comfort, and that none of his acquaintances should be restrained from ministering to him.

24. Then after a few days Felix and his wife Drusilah (who was a Jewess) sent and summoned Paulus, and listened to [testimony] from him concerning the faith of the Messiah.

Drusilah (meaning “watered by the dew”) was Felix’s third wife in succession. She herself had a very colorful history. Being only 19 years old at this time (born in 38 C.E.), Felix was already her second husband, having persuaded her using the skills of a magician named Atomos (whom Josephus actually identifies with the Shim’on of chapter 8), to desert Azizus of Emesa, the petty king of Syrian to whom she had been given, and marry him instead. Her life also ended in a spectacular manner at age 41, when she and her son were killed at Pompeii when Mt. Vesuvius erupted (79 C.E.). Faith: or, faithfulness.
25. When he had spoken with him concerning righteousness and holiness and about the judgment that is ready to come, Felix was filled with fear, and said, “[For] now, go, and when you have leisure, I will send and call for you.”--
Holiness: The Greek text has “self-control”. Having stolen another man’s wife, it is no wonder that Felix was terrified at the mention of coming judgment. But apparently he was nfot frightened enough to want to hear about the solution. (Stern)
26. because he thought he would he would be given a bribe by Paulus. For that purpose he also kept sending to bring him and talk to him.
His interest may have been piqued by Paulus’ mention of the alms he had brought (v. 17). When he was seen in Yerushalayim, he was carrying a substantial sum of money. He may have thought the Gentiles who had contributed might be concerned enough about their teacher to buy his freedom. He is aware that Paulus’ opponents have no case, but possibly the fact that Paulus was such a great orator made it obvious to him that he had come from somewhat of a well-to-do family who could afford to give him such an education.
27. And when two years had been completed for him there, another commissioner came in his place, who was called Porkios Festos, and to do a favor for the Jews, Felix left Paulus a prisoner.
Being disappointed in regard to his expectation, Felix changed which side of the argument he leaned toward! He was recalled by Nero in 59 C.E. (which shows us that the chronology of these events falls only 11 years prior to the destruction of the Temple). He was saved from proceedings initiated by the Jews only by the influence of his brother, the freedman Pallas, who had been a favorite of the earlier Emperor Claudius. Porkios Festus’ name means just what it sounds like: festival of swine! Pork was indeed a favorite even of the highest classes in Roma, and his family had attained to senatorial rank centuries before this. Nothing else is known about him personally from the historical record except that he died in office just over two years later in 62 C.E.., and was succeeded in his office by Albinus. Yet why is Paulus, who was allowed any visitor he wished, still in custody two years later? If he had been told he was to go to Roma, why was he not pressing harder to get back into a position to be able to travel? Why didn’t any of the influential followers of Yeshua in Yerushalayim pay his bail? It could be that even they could not affiord to, being affected by the famine for which Paulus had brought the alms. But one cannot escape the impression that the Delegated Envoys had never fully embraced him as their own, and may to some degree have had the attitude of, “He made his own bed; let him lie in it.” After all, he had appealed to his Roman citizenship—something they did not place a particularly high value upon—and they may have felt that he was now Roma’s problem, not theirs. The fact that he acknowledged their authority with some hesitancy and that every time he showed up in Yerushalayim, he made waves that caused trouble for them. The fact that Paulus encountered many in his travels who already knew about Yeshua shows that those based in Yerushalayim had already sent out some envoys of their own, and it is not hard to imagine them being somewhat defensive about what they considered their “turf”. He based his authority on visions that no one else saw and had to trust his word about, but as genuine as they may have been, that cannot compare to the authority that came from having walked with Yeshua himself for more than three years, with many witnesses. He was driven by a fervor to get the message out, being convinced as they were that Yeshua’s return as king was imminent, but he was less hesitant to make compromises in order to get the job done. Responding more to guilt over what he had initially done to Yeshua’s followers than to his training in Torah, he overcorrected in order to make it easier for more people to re-enter the ranks of Israel. But this created many problems from which we still suffer today, for the conflicts between the two camps have never yet been fully resolved in a way satisfactory under Torah. His work was far from being worthless (and was recognized as such by the Envoys), but the manner in which he carried it out, and the fact that many of his writings which were intended for a specific context have been universalized for every situation in every age, have had the effect (unintended though it was) of loosening the Torah. His carelessness in a few cases left the door wide open for the spirit of lawlessness to get the upper hand, and it is now our task to undo much of the effect of his writings (in the form in which they have come down to us). This may be why we see no overt effort on the part of the leadership to expedite Paulus’ release.


CHAPTER 25

1. When Festus had come to Caesarea, after three days he went up to Yerushalayim.

2. And the chief priests and the heads of the Jews informed him about Paulus,

3. and they pleaded with him and begged him for this kindness: that he send and have him brought to Yerushalayim--while they arranged an ambush on the way for the purpose of murdering him.

Unless they actually let him in on the plot (thinking they would solve his dilemma as well, since he was stumped as to how to solve Paulus’ case any other way), these men’s frustration over Paulus and how he has brought them such dishonor must have been so intense that they were willing to risk having to fight 470 soldiers to attack him for there is no reason to believe he would not have given Paulus the same safe conduct back to Yerushalayim as he had had when coming to the coast from there. The fact that they would bri/ng up his case after two years when bothering the governor could get them all killed, was only explainable by pride. Apparently among the Hellenistic Jews in Yerushalayim (who may have preferred his more lenient stance on some issues than that of the Apostles), his imprisonment had made him enough of a hero that his influence was still felt strongly there, much to the consternation of these Jews. But he had also visited more than Jews in his travels, and, like today, many of the “Gentiles” who now knew they were actually of the “lost” tribes of Israel would be desirous of visiting the Land with whom they now knew they still had a connection, and would want to go back and “get in touch with their roots”, visit the still-standing Temple, etc. This in itself would irritate the stricter Jews to no end, considering how strongly they reacted to even the rumor that Paulus had brought a Gentile into the Temple precincts. They themselves probably would not have been the ones waiting in ambush, but would have hired “hit men”, possibly from among the Zealots.
4. But Festus sent back a reply: “Paulus will be kept at Caesarea, and I am in a hurry to travel,

5. “so those who are among you who have the means can go down with us and argue about every perversion there is in the man.”

He gave no reasons for Paulus being kept there, but he may have suspected that it was not safe for Paulus to go back to where his accusers had previously been waiting to kill him. He includes a tone of sarcasm or disgust here as well, and will not make it any easier for them, requiring them to pay their own way if they really thought it important enough to make this trip.
6. So after he had been there eight or ten days, he went down to Caesarea, and the next day he sat on the judgment seat and ordered that Paulus be brought.
Eight or ten days: Greek, more than ten days; variant reading as per manuscripts used in compiling the New American Standard version: “not more than eight or ten days”. This may reflect the original document from which both the Greek and Aramaic versions may have been a second-generation copy.
7. And when he had come, the Jews who had come down from Yerushalayim surrounded him and brought upon him numerous and severe accusations that they could not prove,

8. while Paulus replied, “I have not been perverse at all, either toward the Torah of the Jews or toward the Temple or toward Caesar.”

9. But Festus, since he wanted to do a favor for the Jews, said to Paulus, “Do you want to go to Yerushalayim and be judged before me there concerning these [accusations]?”

A favor: one that would make him politically popular with them, since he had just come into office. Even the Caesar’s position was precarious at this point in history, as he had to answer to the Senate. How much more one who would bear the blame if there was an uprising among the Judeans? Of course this would oblige them to do him a favor in return at some point. Yet Festus is puzzled at how to appease both sides, since Paulus is a Roman citizen, he knows he is innocent, and Paulus’ “Jewish-Roman” family still has a lot of clout.
10. Paulus answered and said, “At the judgment seat of Caesar I am standing; it is proper for me to be judged here. I have not sinned against the Jews at all, as you yourself also know well.

11. “And if I have done an injustice or anything worthy of death, I am not hesitant to die. But if there is nothing against me from these matters about which I have been accused, a man would not give me to them undeservedly. I call upon the Caesar!”

Call upon: Greek, appeal to. I am not hesitant to die: This is itself is a lesson in honor that most modern people have yet to comprehend.
12. Then Festus conferred with his counselors, and said, “To the Caesar you have appealed; to the Caesar you will go!”
Though he knew he was to go to Roma because of the vision Yeshua had given him, Paulus does not appear to be asking to see the emperor himself, since for an ordinary citizen of Roma—and one living in another land—to demand to see the emperor would be seen as audaciously arrogant and absurd. Rather, since this is a court that operates by the laws Caesar has effected, and he knows these laws (possibly better than his judge does), and therefore is well aware that according to that systen of jurisprudence, his accusers have no case, so this is what he is actually appealing to. He is therefore asking to be judged according to that system, and in effect is saying, “Why can’t you just gieve a ruling right now?” This was, after all, Caesar’s court (v. 10). But being an one-upman, he caught Paulus in his own words, finding a loophole by which he could get the responsibility for this sticky case out of his hands. He takes Paulus’ words literally, and says he will send him to the actual man Caesar. The Greek text identifies this Caesar as Sebastos—“the venerable”, rather than by his title.

13. As the days passed, Agrippas the king and Berniqe came down to Caesarea to inquire into Festus’ welfare.
Agrippas (II): born 27 C.E. as the second and eldest surviving son of Herod Agrippas I (whose death is recounted in chapter 12), he was at first considered too young to succeed his father to the throne (at 16), but was later made king over the area north of Judea, reigning from Caesarea Filippi, whose name he changed to Neronias as a compliment to Nero for increasing his territory in 56 C.E. At this point he was about 32 years of age. From 48 to 66 he was the one who named the Jewish high priest, and did his best to prevent the war against Roma in 66, but though he failed, he remained loyal to Roma, and his territory was increased even further as a reward. He died childless around 100 C.E. Berniqe: Eldest daughter of Agrippas I (born A.D. 28), and sister of Drusilah, Festus’ wife. At age 13 she married her uncle Herod of Chalcis. Upon his death in 48 C.E., she went to live with her brother (this Agrippas II). Juvenal alleged that she had an incestuous relationship with him. She later married Polemon, king of Kilikia, then deserted him, and returned to her brother prior to the events of this chapter. After this time she became the mistress of Titus before he became emperor. Josephus (Wars of the Jews 2:15:1) recounts how, in 66 C.E., during the Jewish revolt, when she saw how badly the procurator Florus was treating the inhabitants of Yerushalayim, she begged him to stop the slaughter. She even made a 30-day Nazirite vow to Elohim and stood barefoot before Florus’ tribunal to beg him to spare the Jews, but he would not listen.
14. And when they had been with him for some days, Festus recounted Paulus’ legal case to the king by saying, “A certain man was left prisoner by the hands of Felix,
As Orthodox Jews today who come to believe in Yeshua yet do not diminish their Torah-observance in any way are hissed at by other Jews even though thye have not forsaken any of the nation’s customs, Paulus was seen as a traitor since he was now doing the exact opposite of what they had sent him to Dameseq to do. His very existence constantly reminds them that they are wrong, taking the easier, lower road, which is why they do not want to let him go on living.
15. “and when I came to Yerushalayim, the heads of the priests and the elders of the Jews informed me about him, and requesting that I carry out his judgment for them.

16. “And I told them that the Romans do not have a custom of handing a man over to be killed until his judge comes and they bring evidence in his presence and he gives him the occasion to reply in regard to that which he is accused of.

17. “And when I came here, though I hadn’t even settled in, the next day on the judgment seat I ordered that the man be brought to me.

Judgment seat: the only place he could make authoritative rulings.
18. “And his accusers stood with him, and they were not able to prove any guilt in regard to him, which was just what I had suspected.

19. “But they had where these accusations against him concerning their religion and concerning one Yeshua who died, which Paulus claimed was alive.

20. “And as soon as I was not standing on the investigation of these things, I said to Paulus, ‘Do you want to go to Yerushalayim and be judged there concerning these [accusations]?’

21. “But he requested that he be kept for judgment by Caesar. So I ordered that he be guarded until I could send him to Caesar.”

22. And Agrippas said, “I was wishing to hear this man [myself].” So Festus said, “Tomorrow you will hear him.”

23. So the next day Agrippas and Berniqe came in great splendor and entered the judgment hall with captains of a thousand and the heads of the city. When Festus gave the order, Paulus came.

Splendor: or ornamentation, finery, pomp. This occasion gave them another excuse to show off.
24. And Festus said, “King Agrippas and all you people who are found with us: Concerning this man whom you see, all the Jewish people have complained to my face in Yerushalayim and here, when they shouted that it was no longer suitable for this one to live.

25. “But I discerned that he had not done anything worthy of death, so as soon as he asked to be kept for judgment by Caesar, I ordered that he be sent.

26. “And I have no idea what to write about him to Caesar. Therefore I wanted to have him come before you—and especially in front of you, O King Agrippas, so that after his case is examined, I might find what to write,

27. “because this is not proper, [that] at the hour that we send a man—a prisoner—we don’t document what his offense is.”


CHAPTER 26

1. Agrippas said to Paulus, “It is permitted you to speak on your own behalf.” Then Paulus held out his hand, answered, and said,
Answered: Aramaic, brought forth his breath, or defended his spirit. Held out his hand: Greek orators used this gesture to symbolize, “What I am about to say is what I solemnly believe.” This has carried over into our modern courts when one raises his hand and swears to tell the truth.
2. “About anything of which [some] Judeans are accusing me, O King Agrippas, I consider myself blessed because I have been brought back before you today,
Judeans: or simply, Jews, but neither the Aramaic nor Greek uses an article here, indicating that he is not speaking of everyone in that category, but only particular ones. The Aramaic adds, to defend my spirit.
3. “particularly because I know that you are well-versed in all the questions and customs of the Jews. Therefore I beg of you that you listen to me with a patient spirit.
Questions: or, problems. Patient: literally, long. In typical fashion, he compliments his judge, but does not use excessive flattery as Tartellos had done in chapter 24.
4. “Look, they know my manner of walking since my childhood that I had among my people in Yerushalayim since the beginning. After all, they are Jews—if they wanted to bring witness,

5. “because from the time they became acquainted with me, they have known that in the sect of the P’rushim I lived as a renowned, distinguished expert.

6. “And now in regard to the hope of the promise that our ancestors had from Elohim I am standing and undergoing litigation--

Our ancestors: Paulus considers Agrippas a fellow Jew, and thus does not need to give as much background as he would to Festus. (Stern)
7. “in regard to this expectation to which our twelve tribes are hoping, with diligent prayers day and night, to attain, while in regard to it (in regard to this hope) I am accused, O King Agrippas, at the hands of the Jews!
For the first time he overtly refers to the twelve tribes as sharers in the promise along with the Jews, though he has been targeting them directly as recipients of what was promised as he proclaimed that it was now available to them. He clearly sees his commission not to the Gentiles at large, but, as Yahshua specified to His students, the lost sheep of the House of Israel (the northern ten tribes), who are scattered among all the nations. What these men from the tribe of Yehudah are rejecting because it irritates them, he says, is precisely what the rest of the tribes have been aching and longing to receive, and would give anything for! In Paulus’ view, the restoration of temporarily-blinded Israel is a form of resurrection from the dead. (Rom. 11:7-15; compare Y’hezq’el 37:1-14.)
8. “How do they judge it not worthy to be believed that Elohim raises the dead?
He still maintains that the issue over which he is being tried is the resurrection, though the accusers have never said anything directly about this. Yet Paulus knows the reason they gave—that he had allegedly brought a Gentile into the Temple—was only an excuse with which to entrap him; the bottom line—what they really have a problem with—is the resurrection of Yeshua. He knows the inner workings of their minds, because he himself had been a P’rush and believed in a resurrection, yet had judged it in the case of Yeshua to have been incredible, and considered it a heresy to oppose (F.F. Bruce); so it had proven to be just a theoretical doctrine after all—something for a distant time about which no one could offer proof either for or against (compare Yochanan 11:), for when the rubber met the road—when the issue was brought into the immediate present by a concrete example of a resurrection as the firstfruits—they showed that they really did not believe it—or did not want to; if there was a resurrected king, they would no longer have any of the power or authority they had usurped, since they were neither of the proper house to be king nor of Levi to be priests.
9. “Look, I set my heart in their presence to carry out many actions in opposition to Yeshua the Notzri;

10. “that which I did was even in Yerushalayim, that many holy people I sent to prison, with the support that I received from the head priests. And when some of them were killed, I participated with those who condemned them.

11. “And in every place standing that belonged to the congregation, I tortured them as I compelled them to insult the name of Yeshua. And in the great [enthusiastic] rage that I was full of on account of them, I even went out to other cities to pursue them.

Standing place: or post, situation. Insult: revile or blaspheme. Pursue: or, persecute.
12. “And when I was going for such a purpose to Dameseq with the support and permission of the head priests,
Permission: or, authorization.
13. “at mid-day on the way I saw from the heavens, alas, O king! There shone over me and over all who were with me a light more marvelous than that of the sun.

14. “Then we all fell to the earth, and I heard a voice speaking to me in Hebrew: ‘Sha’ul, Sha’ul, why are you persecuting Me? It is a [severe] difficulty for you to kick against the cattle-prods!’

While they all were affected by this event, only Sha’ul received a clear and direct version of what was being communicated.
15. “And I said, ‘Who are you, my master?’ And our Master said to me, ‘I am Yeshua the Notzri, the very one you are persecuting!’

16. “Then he told me, ‘Get up onto your feet, because for this I appeared to you—to appoint you as a servant and a witness about what I have shown you and what I have yet to show you.

17. “‘And I will rescue you from the Jews and from the other nations to which I am sending you

18. “‘to open their eyes so that they might return out of darkness to light and [turn] from the domination of the adversary [back] to Elohim, and they will receive forgiveness of sins and a lot with the holy ones by means of placing confidence in Me.’

19. “Therefore, O King Agrippas, I did not rise up in obstinacy against the heavenly vision,

20. “but rather made proclamation beginning with those who were in Dameseq then to those who were in Yerushalayim and in all the towns of Judea, and I also proclaimed to the nations that they should turn back and face Elohim and do deeds befitting repentance.

The Gospel includes appropriate actions, not just belief! This is exactly what Yaaqov had emphasized to Sha’ul himself. Turn back…repentance: Both terms denote coming back to what one had previously left. If Agrippas is sharp, he should pick up on the fact that the “nations” in v. 17 were actually tribes of Israel. (The Greek term allows for either “nations”, “Gentiles”, or “tribes”.) The deeds that prove we believe Israel can be resurrected are those that are for the purpose of building the Kingdom.
21. “And on account of these words, the Jews seized me in the Temple and wanted to kill me.

22. “But Elohim has helped me up to this day, and look! I am standing and bearing witness to small as well as great, and I have said nothing outside of Moshe and the prophets, except the things that they said which were yet to come about--

Nothing outside of: or, nothing further out than. Gk., “except what Moshe and the prophets had said would take place”. This is the only authority that really counts, anyway, which lessens the value of the laws added by the P’rushim.
23. “that the Messiah would suffer and would be the beginning of the resurrection from the house of the dead and that he was preparing to proclaim light to the People and to the nations.”


24. And when Paulus had thus returned his defense, Festus shouted with a loud voice, “Paulus, you are going mad! The multiplicity of books is making you go mad!”

Multiplicity of books: Greek, much learning. Festus is Roman and does not understand the significance of the issues at stake as Agrippas does.
25. Paulus told him, “I am not going mad, O great Festus; rather, I am speaking words of truth and honesty,
Honesty: or straightness, equity, evenness. Sha’ul’s even-keeled response makes Festus look the mad one! (Stern)
26. “and in fact the King, Agrippas is well-acquainted with these things, and that is why I speak [so] frankly in his presence, because I do not imagine that one of these things is hidden from him, since indeed, they were not done in secret!
In secret: Greek, in a corner—i.e., out of the public spotlight. Rather, as Yeshua said, He spoke openly in the synagogue or Temple every day. (Yochanan 18:20)
27. “Do you believe the prophets, O King Agrippas? I know you believe!”

28. The King, Agrippas, told him, “How would you persuade me by so little to become Messianic?!”

By so little: or, in sucvh a short amount of time. It is hard to tell what his attitude here, but for “Messianic”, the Greek and Aramaic both have “Christian”—a term which then carried only a pejorative or degrading overtone; i.e., you want me to be one of those fanatics!
29. So Paulus said, “I have been asking Elohim, by little or by much, that not only you but also all who hear me today, would become like me—except for these chains!”

30. Then the king rose up, along with the commissioner, Berniqe, and those who were sitting with them.

31. And when they had departed from there, they spoke to one another and said, “This man has done nothing worthy of death or chains!”

32. And Agrippas told Festus, “This man could have been rewarded if only he had not appealed to the Caesar.”

Rewarded: i.e., with his freedom; literally, hired or be given wages. He could be paid back for the two years he was wrongfully kept in custody. If only: Because Festus accepted Paulus’ appeal publicly before his accusers, it could not simply be annulled. (Stern)


CHAPTER 27

1. So Festus ordered in regard to him that he be sent to the Caesar in Italia, and he handed over Paulus, and other prisoners along with him, to a certain man, a centurion from the Sebasti unit whose name was Yulios.
He was named after the prototypical Caesar.
2. And when our departure was upon us, we went down in a ship that had come from the city of Adramintos and was renewing its voyage to Asiya, and Arestarkhos, a Maqedonian from the city of Thessaloniki, boarded the ship with us.
Arestarkhos traveled with Sha’ul to Efesos (19:29) and was one of the representatives who came all the way back with him to bring the contribution collected from the exiled congregations up to Yerushalayim (20:4). He was imprisoned with Sha’ul in Roma. (Col. 4:10; Filemon 24) We: Apparently Luqas also rejoined the entourage here. He may have again been sent along by the Council to ensure that Paulus stayed within their bounds, or he may have been along to minister to Paulus’ medical needs, being a physician. (Col. 4:14)
3. And the next day we arrived at Tzidon, and the centurion treated Paulus with compassion and permitted him to go down to his friends to rest.
Tzidon: a very ancient and important port further north along the coast in present-day Lebanon. Rest: Greek, receive care, refresh himself, or have his needs provided for.
4. We departed from there, and since the winds were contrary, we skirted Cyprus
Skirted: or went around; Greek, sailed close to the leeward of, that is, shielded from the wind by its mountains. This would involve sailing northward, then turning westward along its northern coast.
5. and crossed over by the sea of Kilikia and Pamfülia, and arrived at the city of Müra, which is in Lükia,
Lükia: where western Turkey widens southward, to the southwest of Pamfülia. Müra is two and a half miles inland from the mouth of the Andriakos River.
6. and there the centurion found a ship from Alexandria that was traveling to Italia, so he seated us in it.
Seated: in the Aramaic text. This may indicate that Luqas was one of those made to row the ship below deck. There are more such references in the chapter that hint at this being the case. The word “seated” is missing from the Greek text, so it may simply refer to them finding a place for them on the ship.
7. But because the progress [was] slow [and] with low visibility for many days, we barely arrived opposite the coast of Knidos, and since the wind did not permit us to straighten our course, we went around Kretim parallel to the city of Salmoney.
Knidos: a promontory between the islands of Kos and Rhodes at the extreme southwest of what is now Turkey; today it is called Cape Crio. The Hebrew text suggests that at that time it might have still been an island as well. Kretim: Greek, Kreytey (Crete), also called Candia; the largest and outermost of the Greek islands and home of the ancient Minoan civilization. Salmoney: at the eastern tip of Crete.
8. And after we rowed with difficulty to go around it, we reached a place that was called The Fair Havens, and it was close to the city whose name was Lasaya.
Fair Havens: or Beautiful Harbors, so named because the natural port was well-shielded from the weather since the coastline turned inland. From this chapter we can incidentally learn many details about seafaring methods during this period.
9. And we were there a long time, until the Jews’ day of fasting had passed, and it became dangerous to row on the sea, so Paulus advised them,
Jews’ day of fasting: probably Yom Kippur, though they would probably not have been travelilng during Sukkoth, which begins five days after Yom Kippur. The text does not say they left immediately after Yom Kippur, though. Yet Yom Kippur belongs to all Israel; it may have been one of the lesser, voluntary fasts initiated by the tribe of Yehudah, such as the fast of Esther or the fast of Gedalyah, though these do not seem to fit the season (v. 12), and the Greek text does not have the word “Jews” in it..
10. saying, “Men, I see that our voyage would be slow, with hardship and great loss, not only of our ship’s cargo, but even of our own lives.”
Hardship: distress, straits, tightness. Shipping became increasingly risky after the early autumn and sailors rarely embarked on voyages after mid-autumn because storms were very likely then. (Stern) This may have been a prophecy, or it may just have been the voice of experience, as he had previously been in three shipwrecks and was once adrift overnight on wreckage. (2 Kor. 11:25)
11. But the centurion listened to the sailing-captain and the owner of the ship more than to Paulus’ words.

12. So because the port was not suitable to be exposed to the winter in, many of those who were with us wanted to sail from there and, if we could make it to one harbor in Kretim that was called Phoenix, to winter [there], as it was facing to the south.

13. And when we caught a south wind and they supposed they could attain their goal, we rowed around Kretim.

The south wind would keep them close to the southern coast of the island, where they could maintain better control of the ship.
14. But after a short time a storm wind, which is called Typhonicus Euraclüdon shook us,
This is a violent east wind that causes large, surging waves. It blew them westward, away from the coast.
15. And the ship was swept away and could not stand against the wind, so we gave in to it.
The Greek text adds: and let her be carried away.
16. And when we passed near an island that was called Qodah, with difficulty we were able to regain [control] of the ship’s lifeboat.
Qodah: Greek, Klaudey.
17. And after we raised it, we tightened up the ship and repaired it. But since we were apprehensive that [we] might strike a sandbar of the sea, we lowered the sail and rowed like that.
Tightened up: Greek, undergirded. The lifeboat might have been dragged behind the ship rather than hanging from the side, making it more difficult to manage. It would have been needed for the sailors to pass ropes or ables around the ship to hold the fracturing hull together. This would be very difficult to do during a storm!
18. And when there arose over us a fierce tempest, the next day we threw our belongings into the sea.
Threw…: Greek, lightened the ship.
19. Then on the third day we cast away the equipment of the ship itself with our hands.
Equipment: Stern suggests that the Greek term includes even the navigation apparatus. In this case, this detailed account of the voyage gives us many analogies of Israel’s history. We threw overboard the very thing YHWH gave us to guide us back home—the Torah. (Even when some of it was recovered, the “experts” kept it out of the hands of most Israelites, and by the time it became more widely available, it was being interpreted very wrongly, so that we were still misguided.)
20. When the foul weather stretched on many days, and for just as long we did not see the sun, moon, or stars, every last hope for our lives ceased.
No form of navigation was left to them. It would be very unnerving for sailors to have no idea exactly where they were. By analogy, having dispensed with the Torah, exiled Israel needed signs in the heavens to guide us, and this led to even more bizarre interpretations of Scripture. Yet the wind (the same word as spirit in both Hebrew and Greek) mercifully blew us in the right general direction.
21. But when no man was eating anything, at that time Paulus got up among them and said, “Men, if you had just listened to me, we would not have sailed from Kretim, and would have spared ourselves from this loss and this anguish.
Sailed from: or, become separated so far from. Anguish: or distress.
22. “So now I advise you to not let [yourselves be] tortured, because not even one of your lives will be lost—[nothing] more than the ship alone,
Without torture: Greek, of cheerful spirits. He has said, “I told you so”, but mainly to show them that they should trust him now. Would they heed his advice this time?
23. “because tonight a messenger of my Elohim, whom I serve, appeared to me
He is most likely speaking to the crew in the daylight hours, so he would be saying “tonight” in the Hebrew sense, which had already passed by the time the light arrived. (Gen. 1:5 et al) A messenger of Elohim: who rescues those who fear YHWH. (Psalm 18:2; 34:7; 91:11)
24. “and told me, ‘Do not be afraid, Paulus; you are yet to stand before the Caesar. And indeed, Elohim has given you the gift of all who are sailing with you.’
He was assured that this was not his time to die, since he had at least one more assignment. These men who were stubbornly wise in their own eyes were spared simply because Sha’ul had an appointment in Roma and because they had been providentially placed on the same vessel as he, and had helped him to reach his goal. This is a reversal of the situation with the prophet Yonah, whose presence brought trouble to all who rode with him. This has its parallels in Yeshua’s statement that whoever shows hospitality to a prophet would receive the prophet’s reward (Mat. 10:41), that we are the salt of the earth (preserving it), YHWH’s willingness to spare S’dom because of Lot, and Paulus’ own teaching that Israel’s being scattered among the nations brought salvation to many who might never have heard of YHWH any other way. (Rom. 11:12, 15)
25. “Therefore, encourage yourselves, men! I am confident in Elohim that it will turn out just as it has been told me.

26. “However, we have to be cast [aground] on an island.”


27. And after fourteen days in which we were astray and wandering on the Adriatic Sea, halfway through the night, the sailors thought they were nearing [dry] land.

Adriatic: most properly the long offshoot of the Mediterranean between Italy and Maqedonia and the Baltic states, but this would have been more in the area between Sicilia and Greece near the very fuzzy bundary between the Adriatic and the Mediterranean.
28. So they took a sounding [with] a plumbline and found the depth twenty [fathoms]; when they had rowed a little [further], they found the depth fifteen.

29. And when we were afraid we might encounter places where there were rocks, they cast four anchors from the stern of the ship, and prayed that day would come.

30. The sailors wanted to flee the ship, and were lowering the lifeboat from it into the sea, with the pretext that they were going to row in it to tie off the ship to the land.

With the pretext…: Greek, pretending to be about to cast out anchors from the prow.
31. But when Paulus saw [them], he told the centurion and the soldiers, “If they don’t stay in the ship, you will not be able to survive.”
The ship’s hands were so crucial because only they had the skill to handle such violent conditions. But didn’t they already have a promise that no life would be lost? (v. 22) YHWH often makes promises, but then sends us leaders whom we must follow in order to remain in a position to receive the fulfillment. How important this is to remember in light of the promises that the two houses of Israel will be rejoined to one another. The promises will be moot if we do not follow the prophet like Moshe. (Deut. 18:15) Paulus himself told us that for a house built of different materials to adhere, certain rules have to be followed (Rom. 14:19), and this is exactly what the ruling in 15:14-21 of this book was about.
32. Then the soldiers severed the cables of the lifeboat from the ship and let it be swept away.
They removed the way in which only a few could bail out, so they would “all be in the same boat”, for better or for worse. Everyone who was supposed to be on the boat must be there if any are to be saved. Contrary to the Christian doctrine of individual salvation alone, Israel cannot reach its salvation—the return to the Land, just as in this anecdote—if any part of it is missing. If all of us are not saved, none of us are. No one is mere “extra weight”. Yehudah cannot receive its redemption without Efrayim, and vice versa. So burning every bridge of man-made security, they had to surrender to the “spirit” (wind).
33. And until the morning arose he, Paulus, was strongly urging everyone to eat food, by telling them, “Look! Today it is fourteen days that you have not tasted anything on account of the fear.

34. “For this reason I beg of you that you receive food to preserve your lives, because not a hair of the head of one of you will be lost.”

35. And after he had said these things, he took bread and praised Elohim [aloud] in the sight of them all, and broke it and began to eat.

Praised: He probably said the traditional blessing of YHWH, the one “who brings forth bread from the earth”. Again, Luqa highlights a parallel with Yeshua in Paulus’ life. (Luqa 24:30) Paulus was the first to break the fast, showing his confidence that their prayers had been answered, and thus giving the others courage to do the same:
36. So they all took comfort and received the nourishment.
He got everyone focused on the same goal—sharing from the “one bread” of community, as he himself had written in 1 Kor. 10:17—instead of their own individual plights. How could they work together to avoid the loss of each other’s life if they were all still stuck in their own weakness?
37. Now those of us in the ship were 276 souls.
276 is the numeric value of each of the Hebrew words u-b’khoser (“and in [a situation of] lack”) and er’eh (“I will feed”)! This was no Mayflower-class sailing vessel; ships from this period with hulls 70 feet tall have been discovered by archaeologists and are depicted in period drawings. It was not until the dark ages that this technology was lost until modern times.
38. And when they were satisfied from the food, they lightened some of what was on the ship by taking the wheat and throwing it into the sea.
They knew the ship would not last long until the next mealtime. Thankfully, Paulus had pushed them all to eat.
39. With the light of day, the sailors did not recognize which country it was, but they saw beside the dry land a bay of the sea into which they pondered whether it was possible to push the ship.

40. So they cut the anchors away from the ship and released them into the sea, and loosened the ropes of the rudders and spread the small sail toward the wind that was blowing, and we turned towards the dry land.

41. But the ship struck a high spot between two deep parts of the sea, and was scraping along it; her forward side got stuck on it and would not come loose, but the rear side was broken off due to the forcefulness of the waves.

Being a 30-year veteran surfer, David Stern notes that “when a swell reaches an island, its waves split to pass it, and they may meet head-on at the far end of the island. At this place, the sand carried along by the currents from both directions is deposited as a sandbar or sand spit, on which the waves break from nearly two opposite directions, sometimes even running straight into each other …[making conditions] very treacherous for ships.” This seems to have been the case here.
42. Then the soldiers wanted to kill the prisoners lest they might swim off and bolt from them.

43. But the centurion restrained them from [doing] this, because he desired to rescue Paulus, and in regard to those who were able to swim, he ordered that the swim first and cross over to the dry land.

The captain recognized that it was only his association with Paulus that had saved all their lives (v. 24), and if only as a “good luck charm”, he did not want to lose him. So again, all the prisoners were spared on his account. Was it his confidence, his speaking with authority, or his refusal to panic that earned him such respect when to most on board he would seem just another prisoner?
44. And the rest he sent across on boards or on other planks of the ship, and thus they were all delivered to the dry land.
Paulus’ prophecies of verses 22 and 26 were therefore both fulfilled.


CHAPTER 28

1. After that it was confirmed to us that the island was called Malta.
Malta: about 50 miles south of Sicily. Though the winds had blown them nearly 600 miles westward from Kodah, the last land they had seen (27:15), they ended up only about 150 miles off course, because YHWH was in control even of the wind and waves.
2. And the barbarians who were staying on it showed great mercies toward us, lighting a fire and inviting us all near to warm ourselves, on account of the heavy rain and the cold.
Barbarians: not the natives of this island, who had Roman names. (v. 7) Most who were called by this eponym at this time were of Germanic stock. Since this was a place where ships wintered (v. 11), these were probably foreign seafarers staying on the island for the winter.
3. As Paulus picked up an abundance of branches and put [them] onto the fire, out from them came a poisonous snake on account of the heat of the fire, and attached itself to his hand.
It was clearly not a Sabbath day! (Ex. 35:3; Num. 15:33ff) Attached itself: in the sense of getting stuck on, as by spindling. This probably means it did not just bite him, but kept its fangs in his hand for some time—longer than necessary to deliver a typical dose of venom.
4. And when the barbarians saw it hanging on his hand, they said, “It is obvious to us that this man is a murderer, because though he was rescued from the sea, justice has not let him survive!”
Justice: Grrek, Dike, a particular goddess of justice, not simply the general idea that one will eventually get what he deserves.
5. Only, he (Paulus) swung his arm and sent the viper off into the fire, and nothing bad befell him.
Viper: the same thing Yochanan the Immerser had called the P’rushim and Tzadoqim. (Luqa 3:7; Mat. 3:7) A few verses later in both accounts he speaks of fruitless trees being thrown into the fire as this snake was. The venom of the P’rushim and Tzadoqim is exactly what Paulus has survived, as throughout this whole book they have been trying to kill him. Their poison has proven to not be as strong as Yeshua’s message. In the long run, it has no effect. We have our own “brood of vipers” in the “powers that be” today, but “those who trust in Yeshua’s name” are told that they will pick up serpents, drink deadly poison (also a metaphor for false doctrines) and be unscathed, and lay hands on the sick and they will recover (as seen in v. 8 below.) Paulus was also paralleled with Yochanan the Immerser in 26:20, where he preaches the same message—that one must do works befitting repentance. (Mat. 3:8) So Paulus did teach both faith and works after all.
6. But the barbarians thought that he would immediately swell up and fall to the ground dead, so when they waited a long time and saw that no harm befell him at all, they discussed it with one another and said it was because he was a deity.
Waited a long time: probably even making bets among themselves as to when he would succumb. Said he was a deity: However, they seem to have merely shrugged it off as inconsequential, rather than responding with worship as those in chapter 14 did. Part of the reason for this may be that the German barbarians are known to have considered their deities to only be slightly-stronger men. (If we can make a divinity a little more common, we can have more likelihood of winning an arguiment with it or controlling it.) Or they might only have been less religious than most, as sailors tend to be. But notice how ready the non-Hebraic mind was to attribute deity to a human being simply because a miracle was involved. They did not consider the possibility that it was simply that YHWH was protecting Paulus since he had a mission to accomplish. Someone on the island was apparently praying! A deity: Greek, theos, which is used of the true Creator, but also of anything that in any way resembles Him, which includes in many cases demonic spirits that people worship as “gods”. Today the English equivalent is used of the deity of any religion when translating from another language. With such a broad base of meaning, how could we possibly use such a word to describe YHWH? Where is His holiness (set-apartness) in that? “God” is a title that, were not also the proper name of a pagan deity, would still be a profane title for YHWH because it severely diminishes His uniqueness.
7. In that same area there were fields belonging to a certain man whose name was Puplios, who was the head of the island, and he received us gladly into his home for three days.
Puplios: the Aramaic version of the Latin Publius, “a popular one”. This was the standard length of time one was expected to provide hospitality for strangers in ancient times (and still today among the Bedouins—who say that the visitor is then “as welcome as a snake”!) Apparently this was somewhat of a universal practice, as this was well over a thousand miles from the middle east.
8. And Puplios’ father was ill, suffering from a fever and a bowel disease, so Paulus went in to him and prayed and put his hands on him, and healed him.
This is the same pattern in which Paulus himself was healed in 9:17. See also note on v. 5 above. A bowel disease: Greek, dysentery, an inflammation and ulceration of the lower part of the intestines caused by parasites (especially the amoeba) or chemicals, usually accompanied by fever (as here) and diarrhea. It is still common in places where the water cannot be drunk without boiling it.
9. And after this thing came about, all the rest of the sick people who were on the island came to him also, and were healed.
YHWH brings many people into an initial level of faith through such healings, and as yet another parallel between Paulus and Yeshua (for this is a continuation of the book of Luqa), this was a way to bear witness of the coming Kingdom, when healing will abound. Undoubtedly Paulus used the occasion to teach about that Kingdom as well. But when we are more mature, sometimes He uses sickness again if it is what we need in order to get our attention on where and how we are not trusting Him as we should.
10. And they honored us very heavily, and when we departed from there, they gave us supplies.

11. We left after three months and sailed on an Alexandrian ship that had wintered on that same island, and it had on it the symbol of the Twins.

The symbol of the Twins: the Greek specifies the children of Dios, a variant of Zeus, that is, the mythological Castor and Pollux (as in the constellation “Gemini”), considered the divinities that protected mariners.
12. And we came to the city of Sürakousa and stayed there three days.
Sürakousa: called Siracusa today, on the coast of the southeastern fork of Sicily. Its harbor was excellent, and it was surrounded by a wall 14 miles (23 km.) long.
13. And from there we circled around and reached the city of Regium, and after a day the south wind blew for us, and after two days we arrived at the city of Puteoli, which is in Italia.
Regium means “breach”, that is, in the land, allowing ships passage. On the “toe” of the boot of Italy, at the southern entrance to the strait of Messina, at the closest point in Italy to Sicily. Puteoli is about 90 miles south of Roma. Its name means “sulfurous springs”.
14. And we found brothers there. And they begged of us, and we were with them seven days, and then we traveled to Roma.
Puteoli is known to have had a large Jewish presence. Note how they extended hospitality more than twice the expected time period (v. 7), to a complete cycle of seven days, meaning as well that they would have to spend one Sabbath with them, for fellowship has not been complete until we have shared this appointment with YHWH together. Apparently Paulus’ entourage went by foot from this point.
15. And when the brothers that were there heard, they came all the way out to the road called Appius Forum and as far as the Three Taverns to meet us. And when he saw them, Paulus he gave thanks to Elohim and took courage.
Appius Forum is 43 miles (70 km.) from Roma! Though the news about Yahshua had already arrived in Italy through some other witness(es), the believers there were very hungry for fellowship, indicating that they were relatively few. Paulus’ reputation as a teacher and shepherd in so much of the world also probably added to their eagerness to come so far to meet him. Three Taverns: 10 miles closer to Roma. “Tavern” in the Latin sense, as translated into Aramaic here, means more of an inn, resting place for travelers, or center of hospitality in general than a “barroom” alone as we think of it today. Took courage: literally, strengthened himself.
16. When they arrived in Roma, the centurion granted Paulus permission to stay where he wished, with a soldier who kept guard over him.

17. After three days, Paulus sent and summoned the heads of the Jews. And when they gathered themselves, he said to them, “Men, my brothers, although I arose against the people or Torah of my ancestors in nothing [I said], I have been delivered from Yerushalayim in chains into the hands of the Romans.

At this time there were some 10,000 Jews living in Roma, only a decade after the former emperor Claudius had expelled them all. (18:2)
18. “And they, after they investigated me, wanted to set me free since they found no guilt in me that was worthy of death.

19. “So when the Jews rose up in opposition to me, I was compelled to call for an appeal before the Caesar—not as if I had anything of which to accuse the sons of my people.

Call for: or, shout out. Appeal: or, objection.
20. “Therefore, I ask of you that you come and I will see you and I will recount these things to you, because on account of the hope of Israel I am fettered with this chain.”


21. They said to him, “We have not received a letter about you from Judea, nor has any of the brothers who have arrived from Yerushalayim told us anything bad about you.

His accusers apparently thought an appeal to Caesar was too dangerous a prospect, or the journey not worth taking, and their threat dissipated into thin air.
22. “But we want to hear from you what you are thinking, as indeed we know that this sect is not accepted to a man.”
Not accepted to a man: Greek, is spoken against everywhere. As prophesied in Luqa 2:34, Yeshua was a watershed to all who heard of Him, causing either their downfall or their rising up, and was a “sign which would be spoken against”.
23. So they appointed a day for him, then many of them gathered themselves and came to him at the place where he was staying, and he revealed to them [things] concerning the Kingdom of Elohim, while bearing witness to them and proving to them about Yeshua from the Torah of Moshe and from the prophets from the morning until the evening.

24. And [some] men from among them believed his words, while others were not persuaded.

Since those who believed were among the heads of the Jews, they undoubtedly persuaded some of their students as well.
25. And they went out from his presence without agreeing with one another, and Paulus had said this word to them: “The spirit of holiness spoke appropriately through the mouth of Yeshayahu the prophet against our ancestors,

26. “saying, ‘Go to this people and tell them, “Listen, hearing, but you will not understand! And look, but you will not distinguish!”’

27. “Because ‘the heart of this people’ has become ‘fat, and their ears heavy, and their eyes’ smeared over, ‘lest they [should] see with their eyes or hear with their ears, and make a distinction with their hearts, and return to me, and I forgive them.’

After quoting Yeshayahu 6:9, he paraphrases verse 10 into the tense that indicates the prophecy has actually come to pass. Return to Me: The Hebrew original only says “repent”. And I forgive them: the Hebrew orinal says, “and someone should heal it.” The context is Yeshayahu’s vision of YHWH filling the Temple after King Uzziyahu’s death. It then goes on to say “the Master” (not necessarily YHWH, but possibly Yeshua instead) asks, “Whom shall I send? Who will go for us?” Paulus is alluding to the fact that he is at least one instance of this messenger who has a vision of Yeshua and says, “Here I am; send me!”, spending his whole life in repentance, for he, too, is a “man of unclean lips, in the midst of a people of unclean lips”, as “lip” in Hebrew can also mean “language” (note Gen. 11:1), and Paulus was speaking mostly Greek among people who did not speak Hebrew, the pure language of Ts’fanyah 3:9.
28. “Therefore let this be known to you, that the deliverance of Elohim has been sent to the nations, because they will indeed heed it!” [And after he had said these things, when the Jews left they were arguing very much among themselves.]
Nations: or gentiles. As usual, he has presented his message “to the Jew first”, but then he must go to the “lost sheep of the House of Israel”, the specific title for the Northern Kingdom, i.e., the rest of Israel. By this time the proto-rabbis had ruled that the other tribes had become so hopelessly mixed with the peoples (Hos. 7:8) that they were to be referred to as Gentiles, but when “THE Gentiles” were spoken of, as here, it clearly referred to Yehudah’s prodigal brother. They will indeed heed it: a wholehearted response very different from that of many of these Jews. YHWH had promised to always retain a remnant and one day bring the other triebs back, but not all of Yehudah is pleased with this prospect. But as in Yeshua’s parable, the return of the lost brother does not threaten the inheritance of the one who returns from profligacy, so Yehudah should rejoice. But starting with Qayin and Hevel, and culminating with Yaaqov and Esau and Yaaqov’s own sons and Yoseyf, there are many precedents of jealousy between brothers that is very hard to overcome. They did not necessarily want their long-lost brothers to return—as is the case again today. Also, recall that these Jews live in Roma, where they have many rights and protection—in short, a comfortable life. Yet they rightly understand the proclamation of the Kingdom to be a call for them to return to the Land as well to participate in it, so this message strongly shakes them from their routines as well. The bracketed phrase does not appear in the Aramaic version, but only in some of the Greek ones, in which it is verse 29, there being 31 verses in that version. It is somewhat redundant with verse 25, and therefore is not integral to the point of the passage..
29. And Paulus rented a house for himself with his own silver, and stayed in it for two years, and he made welcome there any who came to him.
With his own silver: an example of his own teaching in 1 Korinthians 9:11-19. It was common for rabbis of that day to support themselves. (Stern) The Mishnah warns, “Do not make of the Torah…a spade with which to dig.” Since no one else was his sponsor, no one could tell him, “We are paying your way, so do things the way we want them done.” He did not therefore feel the need to compromise his message. The last thing we hear about the one known for his many travels is that he has settled down, for he knows there is a time to go out and a time to come in. He no longer went looking for the lost sheep on street corners (which may be why no one hindered him, v. 30, since he was behind the scenes and less a threat). He lit his lamp and like moths drawn to the warmth, those who had heard the Shepherd’s voice and wanted to uproot themselves from their own comfort zones and follow would indeed flock to one they knew could teach them. Those who did not ask for food received nothing, and this better reflects the concept of holiness (being set apart). The sowing has been done; now only those who are serious about bearing fruit will be harvested.
30. And he made proclamation about the Kingdom of Elohim and openly taught about our Master Yeshua the Messiah without being hindered.
Though he was technically under house arrest (v. 16), it did not keep him from fulfilling his most important calling. By tradition Paulus died by 68 C.E., just two years prior to the destruction of the Temple in Yerushalayim. He alludes to his impending death in 2 Timotheos 4, implying an execution, so this suggests that he was arrested a second time after his audience with Caesar and a period of freedom. The text mentions nothing of either the trial or his death, implying that Luqa no longer remained in his presence after that point and reminding us tat the book is not about Paulus, but about the spread of the Glad News of the Kingdom.

According to Moshe Koniuchowski, a Greek manuscript long held in the archives at Constantinople and translated by C.S. Sonnini during the reign of Louis XVI of France (1774-1793) purports to be “chapter 29”. It details approximately six additional years of Paulus’ travels into Spain (a desire he had expressed in Romans 15:24) and “Barat-Anat” (Britannia), since he had heard in Phoenikia that some of the descendants of Israel had escaped there around the time the Assyrians took those remaining in the Northern Kingdom captive. The port at which he entered Britain was called Raphinus in the text, which turns out to be the Roman name for Sandwich in Kent, where there long stood an ancient house known as the “House of the Apostles”, and local tradition said that Sha’ul (Paulus) was one of these. One of the places he preached and was well-received was “Mount Lud” where he stood “in the Broadway”. The location on the Broadway now called Ludgate Hill is where St. Paul’s Cathedral now stands—a mere coincidence? He prophesied that “in the seventh numbering of the people” (an allusion to the punishment multiplied seven times over, as per Lev. 26:28, since there was no repentance at the end of the years Y’hezq’el 4:4-5 had prophesied the Northern Kingdom’s sentence would end), their eyes would be opened, and the weightiness of their inheritance would shine out before them, and the nations would then come up and worship on “the Mount that testifies of the patience and long-suffering of a servant of YHWH.” Some Druids come and tell him privately that they were descended from the Jews who escaped from Egypt. Paulus then departs for Gallia (the land of the Celts), where some Belgae (ancestors of the Belgians) inquire about the man Yahshua. He then returns to Roma via Helvetia (Switzerland) The value of this manuscript, if genuine, would be that it so plainly identifies Paulus’ intended audience as descendants of the “lost tribes” of Israel, thereby clarifying and confirming the target groups Yahshua had in mind when He sent His students out into the world to proclaim His coming Kingdom.




View Another Scripture Passage Return to Table of Contents